7018 lines
239 KiB
Plaintext
7018 lines
239 KiB
Plaintext
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
# GoldED Reference Manual
|
|||
|
# $Id$
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#manualfile GOLDREF.TXT
|
|||
|
#pagelength 60
|
|||
|
#pagewidth 80
|
|||
|
#leftmargin 8
|
|||
|
#rightmargin 2
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ڿ ڿ ڿ
|
|||
|
<20><> <20><> <20><>
|
|||
|
<20><> <20><> <20><>
|
|||
|
<20><> <20><> <20><>
|
|||
|
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>¿ <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>¿ <20><> <20><><EFBFBD>Ĵ<EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>¿ <20><><EFBFBD>Ĵ<EFBFBD>
|
|||
|
<20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><>
|
|||
|
<20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><>
|
|||
|
<20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><> <20><>
|
|||
|
<20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><>
|
|||
|
<20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> <20><> ڿ <20><> <20><>
|
|||
|
<20><><EFBFBD>Ĵ<EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
|
|||
|
<20><>
|
|||
|
<20><>
|
|||
|
ڿ <20><> GoldED+ 1.0.0
|
|||
|
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD> <20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<20><><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD><EFBFBD>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reference Manual
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Program and manual written by
|
|||
|
Odinn Sorensen, Dirk A. Mueller and others
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Copyright (C) 1990-1999 by Odinn Sorensen
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#header
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#heading ______________________________________________________________________
|
|||
|
#heading
|
|||
|
#heading <center><chapter>
|
|||
|
#heading ______________________________________________________________________
|
|||
|
#heading
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#footer ______________________________________________________________________
|
|||
|
#footer
|
|||
|
#footer <chapter> <right>GoldED Reference, Page <page>
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#tocbegin
|
|||
|
#chapter Table of Contents
|
|||
|
#tocline ......................................................................
|
|||
|
#tocindent 4
|
|||
|
#tocpagenumber i
|
|||
|
#toc
|
|||
|
#tocend
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#pagenumber 1
|
|||
|
#chapternumber 1
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Commandline Reference
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Commandline syntax: GOLDED [options] [keystacking]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Available options:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-?
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Displays a help screen with all available commandline options.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-C<configname>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies another configuration file than the default GOLDED.CFG.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-D
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Disable old configuration keywords. For backward compatibility,
|
|||
|
GoldED still supports a number of old names for some configuration
|
|||
|
keywords. I recommend that you use -D sometimes and rename the
|
|||
|
keywords that are reported as unknown.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-E<echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If specified, GoldED starts directly in the specified echo,
|
|||
|
bypassing the arealist screen. See the AREASTART configuration
|
|||
|
keyword for more info.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-EXPORTSOUP
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Calls the SOUP packet export feature during the startup phase.
|
|||
|
This is the same as starting it from the areascan SOUP
|
|||
|
Packet->Export menu item. The SOUP export happens immediately
|
|||
|
after the regular startup area scanning (if that is enabled) and
|
|||
|
after SOUP import.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-F
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Force recompile of most configuration files, but not all. Does not
|
|||
|
recompile the .CHS files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-FF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Force complete recompile of all configuration files, regardless of
|
|||
|
whether they are up-to-date or not. This is equivalent to deleting
|
|||
|
all the *.GE? files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-H Same as option -?.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-INSTALL[=path]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Start the quick install procedure. You should give a path to your
|
|||
|
other mail software if it cannot be found using environment
|
|||
|
variables or in current directory.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Please see the INSTALL.TXT document for information about the
|
|||
|
quick install procedure.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-IMPORTSOUP
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Calls the SOUP packet import feature during the startup phase.
|
|||
|
This is the same as starting it from the areascan SOUP
|
|||
|
Packet->Import menu item. The SOUP import happens immediately
|
|||
|
after the regular startup area scanning (if that is enabled).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-M
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Mute. Disables all sounds in GoldED.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-N
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
No share. If used, this prevents GoldED from using SHARE
|
|||
|
compatible file-open calls, which are used by default. Works only
|
|||
|
until the SHAREMODE keyword is used in GOLDED.CFG. This keyword is
|
|||
|
normally not useful, but may be used to debug your setup or
|
|||
|
something.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-NOSCAN
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Disable the automatic startup area scanning (if that is enabled).
|
|||
|
This is useful for automated SOUP import/export in a batch file.
|
|||
|
For example "-noscan -importsoup @x y" imports SOUP then exits.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-P
|
|||
|
Since it seems that increasing the thread priority for the Win32
|
|||
|
version is a mixed blessing, the default is now to NOT increase
|
|||
|
the priority. This option increases the priority (Win32 only).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-Q
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Quiet. Turns off verbose config compile. On by default. This could
|
|||
|
be used on the commandline to disable a -V(erbose) option in the
|
|||
|
GEDCMD environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-S<sortspec>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Sort all areas according to <sortspec>. See the AREALISTSORT
|
|||
|
config keyword for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-T<seconds>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Set the timeout value. A value of zero (0) means never timeout.
|
|||
|
See the TIMEOUT config keyword for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-V
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Turns on verbose config compile. When used, GoldED will display
|
|||
|
the full filename of each main config file it compiles. It also
|
|||
|
displays the name of the detected multitasker, if any. This can be
|
|||
|
useful for debugging your setup, and see if GoldED accesses the
|
|||
|
files (especially the AREAFILE's) it is supposed to.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-VV
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Same as -V, but also displays all the active lines while
|
|||
|
compiling. This could be used to find the exact spot if it crashes
|
|||
|
or stops while compiling.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-W
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If used, GoldED will create (and overwrite if existing) the file
|
|||
|
GOLDAREA.INC, which will then contain all areas in the AREADEF
|
|||
|
form, sorted by your AREALISTSORT specification. This is very
|
|||
|
useful for converting your AREAFILE's to a form you can edit with
|
|||
|
your favorite text editor and use in GoldED. It is also useful if
|
|||
|
you have used the new AREADESC keyword or the AREAFILE EchoList
|
|||
|
reader. The GOLDAREA.INC file (created in the GOLDPATH) can be
|
|||
|
used by adding "INCLUDE GOLDAREA.INC" to your GOLDED.CFG or
|
|||
|
GOLDAREA.CFG. When creating the file, GoldED will use '.' if an
|
|||
|
aka is the same as the main aka, and leave out the optional origin
|
|||
|
if it's the same as the first ORIGIN in your GOLDED.CFG. This
|
|||
|
makes it easier to share the same GOLDAREA.INC between different
|
|||
|
setups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-X Reserved for debugging purposes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-Y Reserved for debugging purposes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-Z Reserved for debugging purposes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Commandline keystacking
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any non-option characters on the commandline are stuffed into the
|
|||
|
keyboard buffer. See the chapter on keyboard definition and the
|
|||
|
KEYBSTACK keyword for more info.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example: GOLDED @S A
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Makes GoldED go to the area scanning menu <Alt-S>, and select
|
|||
|
scanning of <A> all areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the Macros and Keystacking chapter for more info.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Environment Variables
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These are the GoldED specific environment variables:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GOLDED
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path to the GOLDED.CFG file. It is recommended to set this
|
|||
|
variable, but don't forget to change it if you move your GoldED
|
|||
|
setup to a different directory!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GEDCMD
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies additional commandline options. Use this if you want to
|
|||
|
specify options, but need to run GoldED without them (for example
|
|||
|
when renaming GOLDED.EXE to DBEDIT.EXE in older versions of
|
|||
|
D'Bridge). You can override the environment options with
|
|||
|
commandline options.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GOLDNODE
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The path where GoldNODE can find a GOLDED.CFG to use.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the using AREAFILE feature to read external area configuration
|
|||
|
from other programs, the individual AREAFILE's may use specific
|
|||
|
environment variables to find the files. Please read the Area
|
|||
|
Configuration chapter for specific details of each supported AREAFILE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Batchfile Errorlevels
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For operation in batch files, GoldED has a set of errorlevel values:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
032 or higher Error exit (check the logfile for details).
|
|||
|
004 Echomail entered.
|
|||
|
002 Netmail entered.
|
|||
|
001 Local mail entered.
|
|||
|
000 No errors. No mail entered.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Add values together to find the combined error levels. For example,
|
|||
|
error level 6 is returned if netmail and echomail (2+4) was entered.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example RUNGOLD.BAT or RUNGOLD.CMD file:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
=== Cut ===
|
|||
|
@echo off
|
|||
|
golded.exe
|
|||
|
rem ged386.exe
|
|||
|
rem ged2.exe
|
|||
|
if errorlevel 008 goto error
|
|||
|
if errorlevel 007 goto e_n_l
|
|||
|
if errorlevel 006 goto e_n__
|
|||
|
if errorlevel 005 goto e___l
|
|||
|
if errorlevel 004 goto e____
|
|||
|
if errorlevel 003 goto __n_l
|
|||
|
if errorlevel 002 goto __n__
|
|||
|
if errorlevel 001 goto ____l
|
|||
|
goto nomail
|
|||
|
:error
|
|||
|
echo golded error exit!
|
|||
|
goto end
|
|||
|
:e_n_l
|
|||
|
echo **** New echo, net and local mail entered.
|
|||
|
goto end
|
|||
|
:e_n__
|
|||
|
echo **** New echo and netmail entered.
|
|||
|
goto end
|
|||
|
:e___l
|
|||
|
echo **** New echo and local mail entered.
|
|||
|
goto end
|
|||
|
:e____
|
|||
|
echo **** New echomail entered.
|
|||
|
goto end
|
|||
|
:__n_l
|
|||
|
echo **** New net and local mail entered.
|
|||
|
goto end
|
|||
|
:__n__
|
|||
|
echo **** New netmail entered.
|
|||
|
goto end
|
|||
|
:____l
|
|||
|
echo **** New local mail entered.
|
|||
|
goto end
|
|||
|
:nomail
|
|||
|
echo **** No new mail entered.
|
|||
|
:end
|
|||
|
echo.
|
|||
|
echo Thank you for using GoldED! :-)
|
|||
|
=== Cut ===
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Nodelist and Userlist Support
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED supports the FrontDoor, Version 7(+) nodelist indexes as well
|
|||
|
as a plain FIDOUSER.LST. However, if you run software that doesn't use
|
|||
|
any of these formats, you may want to use GoldED's own nodelist index.
|
|||
|
This chapter describes how to do that.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In order to enable nodelist/userlist lookup and browsing, GoldED needs
|
|||
|
to use a set of special nodelist index files, created by the GoldNODE
|
|||
|
nodelist compiler.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED normally uses and displays information from the nodelist when
|
|||
|
browsing, but it doesn't really need the nodelist for anything. The
|
|||
|
index files contains sufficient information for lookup and browsing of
|
|||
|
names or addresses. This means that you can delete or pack away the
|
|||
|
nodelists and/or userlists after compiling with GoldNODE, if you want
|
|||
|
to save space and you don't need them for anything else.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldNODE commandline syntax:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GOLDNODE/GN386/GN2 [-options] [configfile]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Available options:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-C Conditional compile.
|
|||
|
-D Remove duplicate nodes from index.
|
|||
|
-F Forced compile.
|
|||
|
-Q Quite compiled. No screen output improves speed.
|
|||
|
-S<size> Set the max size of names. Normally not used.
|
|||
|
-U<file> Create sorted FIDOUSER.LST userlist file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following options are only interpreted by DOS real mode version:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-M<nodes> Compile max <nodes> nodes (maximum is 65500).
|
|||
|
-ND Enable DISK usage.
|
|||
|
-NE Disable EMS usage.
|
|||
|
-NX Disable XMS usage.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The [configfile] is the path AND filename of the GOLDED.CFG
|
|||
|
configuration file to read. If no filename is given, the path
|
|||
|
specified with the GOLDNODE or GOLDED environment variables are used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The nodelist index files are named GOLDNODE.GX? are are placed in the
|
|||
|
path pointed to by the NODEPATH keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The V7+ is automatically used if your NODEPATHV7 is set correctly. If
|
|||
|
GoldED shows "xxxx / NODEX.DTP" at the bottom of the browser window,
|
|||
|
the displayed information is taken from the raw nodelist entry, taken
|
|||
|
from the V7+ index.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldNODE can handle up to 45 nodelists and 10 userlists. GoldNODE can
|
|||
|
read the german POINTS24-format directly!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: If you use the EXCLUDENODES and INCLUDENODES keywords, please
|
|||
|
note that the <addressmask> does NOT accept "ALL" or "WORLD" etc. You
|
|||
|
must use wildcard '*' instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Configuration Control
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The GOLDED.CFG configuration reader can be directed in several ways
|
|||
|
with special keywords:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IF <condition>
|
|||
|
ELIF <condition>
|
|||
|
ELSEIF <condition> (same as ELIF)
|
|||
|
ELSE
|
|||
|
ENDIF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These control keywords can be used to setup sections of
|
|||
|
configuration which enable different sets of keywords depending on
|
|||
|
which version that is used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following conditions can be used:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
dos true, if GoldED/DOS or GoldED/386 is used
|
|||
|
386 true, if GoldED/386 is used
|
|||
|
os2 true, if GoldED/2 is used
|
|||
|
w32 true, if GoldED/W32 is used
|
|||
|
linux, unix true, if GoldED/Lnx is used
|
|||
|
firebird true, if GoldED 3.xx is used
|
|||
|
asa true, if GoldED-asa is used
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
yes, true, on always true
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IF OS2
|
|||
|
EDITOR c:\qedit\os2\q.exe @file -n@line
|
|||
|
EDITSPELLCHECK c:\os2\cmd.exe /c c:\ss\ss.exe @file
|
|||
|
ELIF DOS
|
|||
|
EDITOR c:\qedit\dos\q.exe @file -n@line
|
|||
|
EDITSPELLCHECK c:\ss\ss.exe @file
|
|||
|
ENDIF
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If both IF 386 and IF DOS are used, it is important to put DOS as
|
|||
|
the bottom choice.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IGNORE
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This tells the configuration file reader to ignore all subsequent
|
|||
|
lines until another IGNORE keyword is encountered. Useful for
|
|||
|
testing and quickly switching portions of configuration.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
However it is probably more useful to use the IF/ELIF/ENDIF
|
|||
|
control keywords.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INCLUDE <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This tells the configuration file reader to stop reading the
|
|||
|
current .CFG file, and start reading the <file> as an extra
|
|||
|
configuration file, then resume reading the previous .CFG. The
|
|||
|
INCLUDE filenames are stored and their timestamps are checked when
|
|||
|
GoldED is started. INCLUDE files can be nested without limit.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
REM
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Signifies a REMark (comment) line. The line is ignored.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any non-alphabetic non-whitespace character at the beginning of a line
|
|||
|
makes the line a comment. Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
; This is a comment
|
|||
|
% This is a comment
|
|||
|
* This is a comment
|
|||
|
// This is a comment
|
|||
|
/* This is a comment */
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By tradition, the semicolon is the standard comment character. The
|
|||
|
semicolon (and only that) can also be used to add a comment at the end
|
|||
|
of a configuration line. Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ADDRESS 2:236/77 ; Main address.
|
|||
|
AKA 2:236/77.1 ; SysOp point.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Configuration Keyword Reference
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is an alphabetical list of all the configuration keywords that
|
|||
|
can be used in the main GoldED configuration file (GOLDED.CFG and any
|
|||
|
file included from it). It also lists and documents the keywords that
|
|||
|
are specific to the Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following special symbols are used in the keyword parameter lists:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
() Default value.
|
|||
|
[] Optional parameter.
|
|||
|
<> Required parameter, not optional.
|
|||
|
"" Parameter must be inclosed in quotes ("").
|
|||
|
/ Separates mutually exclusive values.
|
|||
|
, Separates possible values for the keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Here is the complete keyword list:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ADDRESS <zone:net/node[.point][@domain][, pointnet]>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Your network address, FidoNet-style. More than one address can be
|
|||
|
specified if you are member of more than one network. The keywords
|
|||
|
ADDRESS and AKA can be used interchangeably.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a pointnet is specified with a point address, GoldED will use
|
|||
|
the so-called "3D" addressing method in netmail msgs, otherwise
|
|||
|
the "4D" method is used. The 3D method works by putting the
|
|||
|
address ZONE:POINTNET/POINT.0 in the msg header, instead of the 4D
|
|||
|
format ZONE:NET/NODE.POINT. Most modern mailers and mail
|
|||
|
processors now supports the 4D format, but if you are a point, you
|
|||
|
should always consult your Boss about which format to use.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The optional @domain part can be used to specify a "fifth"
|
|||
|
dimension to the 4D address. It is normally not necessary to
|
|||
|
specify a domain. Domains are never shown in the header and are
|
|||
|
not put in the origin line. The only place the domain is
|
|||
|
used/added by GoldED is in the MSGID kludge.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Address 2:236/77 ; Node address
|
|||
|
Address 2:236/77.1 ; Point address (4D)
|
|||
|
Address 2:236/77.1, 16077 ; Point address (3D)
|
|||
|
Address 2:236/77@fidonet ; Node address with domain
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ADDRESSBOOKADD <yes/no/always> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Setting this keyword to "always" means that GoldED will always add
|
|||
|
unknown addressees to the addressbook when writing new or quoted
|
|||
|
mails automatically. If you set the value to "yes", GoldED will
|
|||
|
add them only if it's a netmail/email. ADDRESSBOOKADD NO disables
|
|||
|
this feature entirely.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE that GoldED won't add unknown users if their name match one
|
|||
|
of the following criteria:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1) it's a USERNAME
|
|||
|
2) it's a ROBOTNAME
|
|||
|
3) it's the WHOTO
|
|||
|
4) address/aka is unknown
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ADDRESSLOOKUPFIRST <MsgID/Origin> (Origin)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By default address of sender taken from Origin line. If this
|
|||
|
keyword set to MsgID then GoldEd looks for correct FTN address in
|
|||
|
MSGID kludge first.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ADDRESSMACRO <macro>,<name>,<address>[,"subject"][,attribs]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines a short name for often used addresses. Typical uses are
|
|||
|
for AreaFix/AreaMgr, your uplink, boss, points or others you write
|
|||
|
to often. To use a defined address macro, you just type it in the
|
|||
|
To: name field.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If (and ONLY if) the subject is enclosed in quotes ("" or ''),
|
|||
|
GoldED will look for message attributes after the subject. See the
|
|||
|
Message Attributes Reference for a valid attribute. You cannot
|
|||
|
have quotes within quotes (not the same type anyway).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The attribues are *added* to the ones already there, they do *not*
|
|||
|
replace them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
afup,AreaFix,2:236/512,"password -q -l",K/S
|
|||
|
ffup,FileFix,2:236/512,password
|
|||
|
odin,Odinn Sorensen,2:236/77,GoldED - What else? :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A special format is supported for UUCP or INTERNET gateways. The
|
|||
|
special format is indicated with a (@) as the first character in
|
|||
|
the <name>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
jfu,@fallesen@diku.dk,2:310/33
|
|||
|
dn,@INTERNET/david@csource.oz.au,2:241/999
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the first example, GoldED will put "UUCP" (the default gateway
|
|||
|
name) in the TO: msg header field and "To: fallesen@diku.dk" on
|
|||
|
the first line of the message text.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the second example, GoldED will put "INTERNET" in the TO:
|
|||
|
field, and "To: david@csource.oz.au" in the message. The forward
|
|||
|
slash (/) separates the gateway name from the receiver address.
|
|||
|
Any gateway name may be used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The address macros can also be specified in an external file, like
|
|||
|
the NAMES.FD file supported by the FrontDoor mailer/editor and
|
|||
|
Maximus BBS. See the keyword NAMESFILE for details. However, you
|
|||
|
should not use the syntax with the attributes in the NAMES.FD
|
|||
|
file, because FrontDoor and Maximus do not know this syntax.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ADEPTXBBSPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The path where you keep your AdeptXBBS.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ADEPTXBBSUSERNO <userno>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By default GoldED will use the first record in the userfile and
|
|||
|
lastreads. If you are not the first user in the userfile, or are
|
|||
|
sharing the messagebase with other GoldED users, you must either
|
|||
|
set this keyword to -1, or use a different number for each user.
|
|||
|
Each user must be defined in the userbase.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AKA <zone:net/node[.point][@domain][, pointnet]>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AKA (Also Known As) is an alias for the ADDRESS keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AKAMATCH <match> <aka>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is an enhancement of the existing aka matching logic, which
|
|||
|
in some circumstances fails to find the correct aka.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example: Lets say that zone 21, 22 and 23 are part of the same
|
|||
|
network, and that you have an aka in zone 22. You would put
|
|||
|
something like this in your setup:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ADDRESS 2:236/77
|
|||
|
AKA 22:33/44
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this case, if a mail comes in from zone 23, the normal aka
|
|||
|
matching logic would fail, because it does not try to guess the
|
|||
|
correct zone. To the rescue comes the new keyword. Now you can add
|
|||
|
this to your setup:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AKAMATCH 21:*/*.* 22:33/44
|
|||
|
AKAMATCH 23:*/*.* 22:33/44
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It tells GoldED that any mail from zone 21 or 23 matches your zone
|
|||
|
22 aka. Note the use of wildcards here. Wildcards are not strictly
|
|||
|
necessary, you could also have just written "23:" or "23:*".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When an address does not match any AKAMATCH definition, the normal
|
|||
|
aka matching logic takes over.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AKAMATCHECHO <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will attempt to match one of your akas to the
|
|||
|
address of the person you are replying to in echomail areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Normally it is not desirable to enable aka matching in echomail,
|
|||
|
because some echoes may be restricted to members of one particular
|
|||
|
network, and an accidental wrong aka matching may attract unwanted
|
|||
|
attention from the moderator or the compulsive flamers :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AKAMATCHING <yes/no>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword is only valid in Random System groups. When used, it
|
|||
|
overrides any global AKAMATCHNET, AKAMATCHECHO or AKAMATCHLOCAL
|
|||
|
you may have.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AKAMATCHLOCAL <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will attempt to match one of your akas to the
|
|||
|
address of the person you are replying to in local areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It doesn't really make sense to do aka matching in local areas.
|
|||
|
The keyword is just there for completeness.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AKAMATCHNET <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will attempt to match one of your akas to the
|
|||
|
address of the person you are replying to in netmail areas. This
|
|||
|
is especially useful if you are a member in more than one network,
|
|||
|
and therefore have more than one address.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
APP <programname> [keyword and/or parameters]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is a way for other programs to place configuration data in
|
|||
|
GoldED's configuration file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For example, if a program named "OtherProg" wants to read its
|
|||
|
configuration from GOLDED.CFG, here is how it might look:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
APP OtherProg REGKEY xyaxajlsaduoiweqeq
|
|||
|
APP OtherProg IRQ 5
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED itself will ignore APP lines just like REM lines.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREA <echoid> <"desc"> <msgbase>[type] <loc> [akano] [attrs]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines a mail area in GoldED. You need to define at
|
|||
|
least one mail area to run GoldED, or use the AREAFILE keyword to
|
|||
|
read the area setup of your mailer, mail processor or BBS.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<echoid> Mail area identifier.
|
|||
|
<"desc"> Area description in ("") quotes.
|
|||
|
<msgbase> O(Opus *.MSG), S(FTS-0001 *.MSG), Q(QuickBBS),
|
|||
|
R(RemoteAccess), H(Hudson), M(Squish), J(JAM),
|
|||
|
E(Ezycom), G(Goldbase), P(PCBoard).
|
|||
|
[type] N(Netmail), E(Echomail), L(Local).
|
|||
|
<location> Directory path/file or Hudson board number.
|
|||
|
[aka] AKA number (starting from 0)
|
|||
|
[attrs] R/O(Read-Only), and/or other attributes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"O(Opus)" are *.MSG files with binary date/time stamps.
|
|||
|
"S(FTS-0001)" are *.MSG files, but with zone/point header fields.
|
|||
|
"Q(QuickBBS)", "R(RemoteAccess)" and "H(Hudson) are synonyms.
|
|||
|
"M(Squish)" is the Squish format.
|
|||
|
"E(Ezycom)" is the Ezycom format.
|
|||
|
"J(JAM) is the JAM format.
|
|||
|
"G(Goldbase)" is the Goldbase format.
|
|||
|
"P(PCBoard)" is the PCBoard format.
|
|||
|
"X(AdeptXBBS)" is the AdeptXBBS format.
|
|||
|
"W(WildCat!)" is the WildCat! 4.x format.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can handle enviroment variables correctly in paths
|
|||
|
specified in connection with this keyword. For example, if a path
|
|||
|
is defined as %MAIL%\path\name, and SET MAIL=C:\POINT is in
|
|||
|
AUTOEXEC.BAT (or whatever), then GoldED translates the path to
|
|||
|
C:\POINT\path\name.
|
|||
|
NOTE: The translation is done at config compile time, so if you
|
|||
|
change the environment variable and haven't changed anything else
|
|||
|
that would cause GoldED to recompile it's config, you must force
|
|||
|
it with the -F or -FF command parameter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It is recommended to use the newer AREADEF keyword, which allows
|
|||
|
more detailed mail area setup.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAAUTOID <verbose/long/short> (verbose)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines how an automatically created echoid should look, when
|
|||
|
AREAFILE finds an area without an echoid.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the "verbose" option is used, the echoid is given a name
|
|||
|
similar to the function of the area, such as NETMAIL, NET_SENT,
|
|||
|
ECHO_BAD, ECHO_DUPES and so on.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the "long" option is used, the echoids are numbered
|
|||
|
sequentially like this: NETMAILxxx, ECHOMAILxxx and LOCALxxx. This
|
|||
|
is how it worked in older versions (including 2.42.gamma).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the "short" option is used, the echoids are numbered
|
|||
|
sequentially like this: NETxxx, ECHOxxx and LOCALxxx. This is how
|
|||
|
it worked in 2.50.beta until B1016.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAAUTONEXT <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will automatically jump to the first marked
|
|||
|
area in the arealist on startup, and the next marked area after
|
|||
|
exiting from an area you have been reading.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREACATCHUPREAD <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will set all skipped messages to "read" when
|
|||
|
using AREAcatchup in the arealist-screen. This implies that
|
|||
|
HIGHLIGHTUNREAD YES is used, otherwise it has no function.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREACOPYADDID <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will insert the control line
|
|||
|
"AREA:<originalechoid>" at the top of each message that is copied
|
|||
|
or moved. This can be a help when regularly copying messages to a
|
|||
|
"THE_SAFE" type area.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can and should only be used in Random System Groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It is useful if you copy echomails to some local "ARCHIVE" areas.
|
|||
|
In this case, GoldED can add the "AREA:<originalechoid>"-kludge to
|
|||
|
inform you from where you copied the mail to.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREACOPYDIRECT <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, the destination area selection list is bypassed,
|
|||
|
thereby making possible a "seamless" copy/move to the default
|
|||
|
destination area. The destination area should be set with
|
|||
|
AREACOPYTO.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: It is probably not a good idea to enable this keyword
|
|||
|
globally.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREACOPYTO <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Sets the default area for the Copy/Move functions. Typically you
|
|||
|
could set it to a "safe/permanent storage" type of area, for
|
|||
|
example a JOKES2KEEP or THE_SAFE area. Note that the Forward
|
|||
|
function uses the AREAREPLYTO area instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Related keywords: AREAFREQTO, AREAREPLYTO.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREADEF <setup>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is newer version of the "AREA" keyword, with more detailed
|
|||
|
parameters.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The full syntax is: (must be all on one line)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREADEF <echoid> <"desc"> <group> <type> <msgbase> <path/board>
|
|||
|
<aka> <(attrs)> ["origin"]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<echoid> The echoid.
|
|||
|
<"desc"> Area description in quotes.
|
|||
|
<group> Groupid uppercase letter (A-Z) or 0 if not in a
|
|||
|
group. Use #groupnumber to specify group numbers in
|
|||
|
the 1-999 range. Example: #117.
|
|||
|
<type> Net, Echo, Local, EMail or News.
|
|||
|
<msgbase> Opus, FTS1, Hudson, Squish, Ezycom, JAM, Goldbase or
|
|||
|
PCBoard.
|
|||
|
<path/board> Area path, boardnumber or base filename.
|
|||
|
<aka> Aka address for the area, or '.' for main aka.
|
|||
|
<(attrs)> Default attributes in brackets ().
|
|||
|
["origin"] Optional default origin in quotes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This looks a lot like the AREA keyword. Additional parameters are
|
|||
|
the <group>, the verbose <type> and <msgbase>, the fully specified
|
|||
|
<aka> address, the brackets for the attributes and the optional
|
|||
|
origin.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note the possibility of using '.' to specify the main aka. This,
|
|||
|
and the optional default origin, makes it simpler to create a
|
|||
|
common INCLUDE'able area configuration for several setups with
|
|||
|
different addresses, for example two people sharing the same
|
|||
|
msgbase.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can handle enviroment variables correctly in paths
|
|||
|
specified in connection with this keyword. For example, if a path
|
|||
|
is defined as %MAIL%\path\name, and SET MAIL=C:\POINT is in
|
|||
|
AUTOEXEC.BAT (or whatever), then GoldED translates the path to
|
|||
|
C:\POINT\path\name.
|
|||
|
NOTE: The translation is done at config compile time, so if you
|
|||
|
change the environment variable and haven't changed anything else
|
|||
|
that would cause GoldED to recompile it's config, you must force
|
|||
|
it with the -F or -FF command parameter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREADESC <echoid> <"desc"> [group] [aka] [(attrs)] ["origin"]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Adds a description and optionally a group letter, aka, attributes
|
|||
|
and origin to an _existing_ (previously defined) area. This is
|
|||
|
useful if you use an AREAFILE that does not contain descriptions,
|
|||
|
groups, akas, attributes or origins.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<echoid> The echoid.
|
|||
|
<"desc"> Area description in quotes.
|
|||
|
[group] Optional groupid letter (A-Z) or 0 if not in a group,
|
|||
|
or #groupnumber (1-999) or '-' to keep the existing
|
|||
|
groupid.
|
|||
|
[aka] Optional aka address for the area, or '.' for main
|
|||
|
aka, or '-' to keep the existing aka.
|
|||
|
[(attrs)] Optional default attributes in brackets (), '-' to
|
|||
|
keep the existing attributes. Note that if they are
|
|||
|
specified, they are _added_ to the default
|
|||
|
net/echo/local attributes.
|
|||
|
["origin"] Optional default origin in quotes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: You cannot skip any of the optional parts in the middle,
|
|||
|
even if you only want to set, say, an origin. Use '-' to keep the
|
|||
|
existing value for the parts you skip.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAEXCL <echoid mask>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword, you can define the echoids of areas which
|
|||
|
should be ignored by GoldED (thereby leaving them out of the
|
|||
|
arealist). This is normally used in connection with AREAFILE, to
|
|||
|
exclude areas you are not interested in reading. DOS/4DOS-style
|
|||
|
wildcards (* and ?) can be used in the echoid mask.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAEXCL * Excludes all areas.
|
|||
|
AREAEXCL *INTER* Excludes all areas containing "INTER" anywhere
|
|||
|
in the echoid.
|
|||
|
AREAEXCL INT*.* Excludes all areas beginning with "INT" and
|
|||
|
containing a '.' anywhere in the echoid.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can use the AREAINCL keyword to re-include areas which have
|
|||
|
been excluded with AREAEXCL.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: This keyword must be placed before any AREA, AREADEF or
|
|||
|
AREAFILE keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAFILE <type> [path/file] [switches]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can read the area setup of many popular mailers, mail
|
|||
|
processors and BBS'es, thereby making it much easier and simpler
|
|||
|
to configure GoldED for the mail areas you receive, by eliminating
|
|||
|
the need to write AREA lines for all or most of your areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<type> Name of the program.
|
|||
|
[path/file] Filename or path to the area setup files.
|
|||
|
[switches] Msgbase specific switches.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For most programs, GoldED can automatically find the path or
|
|||
|
filename using environment variables. By default, GoldED will look
|
|||
|
for the area setup files in the AREAPATH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There are switches for sorting the areas, and for turning off an
|
|||
|
update-check when GoldED starts up.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can handle enviroment variables correctly in paths
|
|||
|
specified in connection with this keyword. For example, if a path
|
|||
|
is defined as %MAIL%\path\name, and SET MAIL=C:\POINT is in
|
|||
|
AUTOEXEC.BAT (or whatever), then GoldED translates the path to
|
|||
|
C:\POINT\path\name.
|
|||
|
NOTE: The translation is done at config compile time, so if you
|
|||
|
change the environment variable and haven't changed anything else
|
|||
|
that would cause GoldED to recompile it's config, you must force
|
|||
|
it with the -F or -FF command parameter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword is explained in greater detail in the Area
|
|||
|
Configuration chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAFILEGROUPS <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In some AREAFILE setups, you can groups the areas using single
|
|||
|
letters (A-Z) or numbers (#1-999). If this keyword is enabled,
|
|||
|
GoldED will use the area groupid instead of the area echoid when
|
|||
|
gathering area specific information from the Random System.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If this keyword is enabled, you should setup matching GROUP's in
|
|||
|
GOLDRAND.CFG. See the Random System chapter for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAFREQDIRECT <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, the destination area selection list is bypassed,
|
|||
|
thereby making possible a "seamless" file request in the default
|
|||
|
destination area. The destination area should be set with
|
|||
|
AREAFREQTO.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TIP: If you (like most) only have one mailer netmail area, you
|
|||
|
should enable the AREAFREQDIRECT keyword globally for
|
|||
|
simpler file requests.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: It is probably not a good idea to enable this keyword
|
|||
|
globally.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAFREQTO <echoid> (first netmail area)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Sets the default area for the filerequest function. You should set
|
|||
|
this to the netmail area where you normally put the filerequest
|
|||
|
messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that if AREAFREQTO is not specified, it defaults to the first
|
|||
|
netmail area found.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Related keywords: AREACOPYTO, AREAREPLYTO.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAINCL <echoid mask>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword, you can define the echoids of areas which
|
|||
|
should be re-included by GoldED, if they have been excluded with
|
|||
|
the AREAEXCL keyword. DOS/4DOS-style wildcards (* and ?) can be
|
|||
|
used in the echoid mask.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAINCL * Includes all areas.
|
|||
|
AREAINCL *INTER* Includes all areas containing "INTER" anywhere
|
|||
|
in the echoid.
|
|||
|
AREAINCL INT*.* Includes all areas beginning with "INT" and
|
|||
|
containing a '.' anywhere in the echoid.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can use the AREAINCL keyword to re-include areas which have
|
|||
|
been excluded with AREAEXCL.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: This keyword must be placed before any AREA, AREADEF or
|
|||
|
AREAFILE keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAISEMAIL <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For Internet e-mail areas. See AREAISNEWS for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAISNEWS <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Wildcards * and ? are allowed. These keywords are designed to mark
|
|||
|
areas which are read from an AREAFILE as Internet e-mail or
|
|||
|
newsgroups. This may be necessary in some cases to enable the
|
|||
|
Internet specific features without having to manually define all
|
|||
|
Internet areas. Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAISNEWS alt.*, rec.*, sci.*
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAKEEPLAST <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will write the file GOLDLAST.LST in the
|
|||
|
GOLDPATH at exit and read it back when run next time. The contents
|
|||
|
of the file is a list of lastread information for each area as it
|
|||
|
was at last scan.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This feature is helpful when you know that there have not been
|
|||
|
tossed new mail and don't want to wait for a full msgbase scan.
|
|||
|
Now you can just hit ESC at the startup screen to abort the area
|
|||
|
scan and GoldED will put up the lastread info from the previous
|
|||
|
session.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It also makes the "new mail since last scan" feature even better,
|
|||
|
because the new mail marker now shows which areas that have new
|
|||
|
mail since last session even when scanning areas at startup.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition, GoldED now makes extra backups of the file, so that
|
|||
|
earlier versions of the files can be found in GOLDLAST.BK1 and
|
|||
|
GOLDLAST.BK2.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED now only writes the GOLDLAST.LST file at exit if it
|
|||
|
survived the initial startup scan.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTECHOMAX <size> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Allows you to specify a fixed or dynamically sized width of the
|
|||
|
EchoID column in the arealist.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a negative value is specified, the width will be the that of
|
|||
|
the widest echoid in the arealist plus the negative value. This
|
|||
|
might be useful if some long-name echoes have uninteresting ends,
|
|||
|
such as "VERYLONGECHOID_R23.PUB" (could benefit from a <size> of
|
|||
|
-7). There is currently no provision for long echoids with common
|
|||
|
beginning.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The arealist can dynamically resize the EchoID and Description
|
|||
|
columns, so that long echoids are not cut off. The sizing of the
|
|||
|
EchoID column is done against the Description column, which
|
|||
|
thereby looses or gains width. In version 2.41 and earlier, the
|
|||
|
EchoID column width was fixed at 13 chars on 80 column displays.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTFORMAT <string> ("AM D CPUN E G ")
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The arealist column layout is configurable. This keyword allows you
|
|||
|
to change the layout to whatever you like
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The default is:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTFORMAT "AM D CPUN E G "
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This produces the usual layout. Here is another:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTFORMAT "ME D CPUN G "
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This one puts the echoid in front and eliminates the area numbers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The letters stand for the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
letter meaning default width
|
|||
|
A Area number 4
|
|||
|
M Marked 1
|
|||
|
D Description Dynamic
|
|||
|
C Number of messages 6
|
|||
|
P Personal mail mark ('+') 1
|
|||
|
U Number of unread/new messages 6
|
|||
|
N Changed since last scan mark ('*') 1
|
|||
|
E Echoid AREALISTECHOMAX
|
|||
|
G Groupid Dynamic: 0, 1 or 3
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can also specify widths if you don't like the defaults:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTFORMAT "AM D C4PU4N E G "
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In this example, the Msgs and New columns are put back to the size
|
|||
|
they had in "old days".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you leave out a letter, that column will not be shown.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use only the defined letters. Use spaces to specify required space
|
|||
|
between columns. Use only positive numbers for widths. Failure to
|
|||
|
obey these rules may cause undocumented behaviour.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTGROUPID <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, the arealist screen will display the groupid letters,
|
|||
|
if any, in a column to the right of the EchoID column. If a
|
|||
|
groupid is not a letter in the range A-Z (a value in the range
|
|||
|
#65-#90), the groupid is not shown.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTNOS <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will display the board numbers of Hudson areas
|
|||
|
in the arealist instead of the default sequential numbers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTPAGEBAR <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Enables or disables a pagebar (scrollbar) in the arealist.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTSCAN <"L menu text"> [path]<filename> [-delete]]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword allows you to define additional menu items for the
|
|||
|
arealist scanning menus (Alt-S or Alt-P).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The first two characters of the menu text are the "hotkey" letter
|
|||
|
that will be highlighted in the menu text, plus a space.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The filename specifies a plain text file, with the echoids
|
|||
|
(wildcards allowed) of the areas you want to scan when the menu
|
|||
|
item is selected. There can be several echoids on each line in the
|
|||
|
file. If no path is given, the file is loaded from the GOLDPATH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The -delete option will cause GoldED to delete the list file after
|
|||
|
scanning the areas in it. For example, if your mail processor
|
|||
|
generates a list of the areas that it tossed new mail to, you
|
|||
|
could add the list as a menu item on the scanning menu and use it
|
|||
|
to scan only those areas with new mail. Note that some mail
|
|||
|
processors automatically delete their list after using it for
|
|||
|
replylinking. You may want to do some creative stuff with
|
|||
|
batchfiles to grab a copy.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTSCAN "g Scan Newsgroups" NEWSGRPS.LST
|
|||
|
AREALISTSCAN "L Scan Latest" R:\GECHO\IMPORT.ALL -delete
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
=== Cut, NEWSGRPS.LST ===
|
|||
|
ALT.*, COMP.*, MISC.*, NEWS.*
|
|||
|
REC.*, SOC.*, SCI.*, TALK.*
|
|||
|
=== Cut ===
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
=== Cut from an import batchfile ===
|
|||
|
gecho mgr toss pack -tossbad
|
|||
|
if exist import.jam type import.jam >>import.all
|
|||
|
if exist import.hmb type import.hmb >>import.all
|
|||
|
if exist import.sdm type import.sdm >>import.all
|
|||
|
mbutil link -clean
|
|||
|
=== Cut ===
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTSORT <sortspec> (FYTUE)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines how the area list should be sorted. You can
|
|||
|
override the default setting from the commandline with the -S
|
|||
|
switch.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <sortspec> can be composed of the following types:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A Sort by aka.
|
|||
|
B Sort by board number.
|
|||
|
D Sort by description.
|
|||
|
E Sort by echoid.
|
|||
|
F Sorts all "fuzzy search" matches first.
|
|||
|
G Sort by group (if any).
|
|||
|
M Sorts all marked areas first.
|
|||
|
O Sort by original order.
|
|||
|
P Sort by personal mail.
|
|||
|
T Sort by type (in the order net, echo, local).
|
|||
|
U Sort by unread messages (try it!).
|
|||
|
X Sort by msgbase type.
|
|||
|
Y Sorts all areas with "new" mail first.
|
|||
|
Z Sort by msgbase path.
|
|||
|
- Descending sort (largest first).
|
|||
|
+ Ascending sort (smallest first) (default).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In practice 'M' and 'Y' will usually give the same result, because
|
|||
|
GoldED automatically marks scanned areas if they contain new mail.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTSORT T-U+E
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This sorts ascending by Type, descending by Unread (that is, areas
|
|||
|
with the most unread messages comes first) and ascending by Echoid
|
|||
|
(in case two areas have the same number of unread msgs).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By default no sorting is done, and all areas are listed in the
|
|||
|
order they were found (unless sorting was specified with an
|
|||
|
AREAFILE keyword). However, the configuration examples all make
|
|||
|
use of the Unread sorting type. This is a very useful way of
|
|||
|
sorting areas, because it keeps all the areas with mail together.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Personally I now sort my areas like this: "AREALISTSORT FYTUE".
|
|||
|
This puts all areas with new mail first, then sorts these into
|
|||
|
type (net/echo/local), then into number of new msgs and finally
|
|||
|
into echoid. The 'F' at the start enables fuzzy match sorting,
|
|||
|
which is very handy when looking for an echoid containing a
|
|||
|
particular word. Let's say I want a list of all GOLDED echoes. I
|
|||
|
can now simply type "GOLDED" and then the arealist automatically
|
|||
|
sorts itself so that all echoes with an echoid containing "GOLDED"
|
|||
|
comes first :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 'X' sort type sorts areas according to msgbase type, in the
|
|||
|
following order:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Hudson
|
|||
|
Goldbase
|
|||
|
JAM
|
|||
|
Squish
|
|||
|
OPUS *.MSG
|
|||
|
FTS-1 *.MSG
|
|||
|
Ezycom
|
|||
|
PCBoard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The 'X' and 'Z' sort types were implemented for internal use, to
|
|||
|
optimize area scanning speed. When scanning areas, GoldED starts
|
|||
|
by sorting the arealist using the sortspec defined with the
|
|||
|
AREASCANSORT keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREALISTTYPE <new/last> (new)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the contents of the 4th column (the one after the "Total"
|
|||
|
column).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
New Displays the amount of new (unread) msgs.
|
|||
|
Last Displays the number of the last msg read.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you use the AREAFILE keyword, GoldED might need to know where
|
|||
|
the area setup files are located. This keyword specifies where
|
|||
|
they are found, if not current directory.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: Most AREAFILE types can find the path using the environment
|
|||
|
variable(s) specific for the program(s). Such environment
|
|||
|
variables (or a path specified with the AREAFILE definition)
|
|||
|
always overrides the AREAPATH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAPMSCAN <echoid mask>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines areas which will be automatically scanned for
|
|||
|
personal mail when starting GoldED. DOS/4DOS-style wildcards (*
|
|||
|
and ?) can be used in the echoid mask.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAPMSCAN * Scan all areas.
|
|||
|
AREAPMSCAN *INTER* Scan all areas containing "INTER" anywhere
|
|||
|
in the echoid.
|
|||
|
AREAPMSCAN INT*.* Scan all areas beginning with "INT" and
|
|||
|
containing a '.' anywhere in the echoid.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It is recommended to have an "AREAPMSCAN *" to scan all areas at
|
|||
|
startup. If you don't want to wait for the scan to complete, you
|
|||
|
can abort the scan by pressing ESC during startup.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAPMSCANEXCL <echoid or wildcards>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword you can prevent areas from being scanned with
|
|||
|
AREAPMSCAN on startup. This is good if you use "AREAPMSCAN *", but
|
|||
|
have some big areas which slows it down.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAPMSCANINCL <echoid or wildcards>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Here you can specify areas to be scanned with AREAPMSCAN even if
|
|||
|
they were excluded with AREAPMSCANEXCL. Useful for partial
|
|||
|
reversal of wildcard specs in the excludes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAREADONLY <soft/hard> (soft)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If this keyword is set to "hard", it is no longer possible to
|
|||
|
enter/reply/change messages in areas marked read-only with the R/O
|
|||
|
area attribute. The "soft" setting uses a menu to ask permission
|
|||
|
as in the previous versions. This option is designed for those who
|
|||
|
setup a system for new computer users who might be confused enough
|
|||
|
to enter a message in a read-only area despite the warning menu.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREARENAME <from echoid> <to echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Renames one echoid to another. The feature is meant to be used in
|
|||
|
connection with AREAFILE, where some types do not store echoids
|
|||
|
with the areas (and GoldED then automatically gives them unique
|
|||
|
echoids).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREARENAME NET001 NETMAIL
|
|||
|
AREARENAME ECHO001 BAD_MSGS
|
|||
|
AREARENAME LOCAL001 BBS.USERS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAREPLYDIRECT <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, the destination area selection list is bypassed,
|
|||
|
thereby making possible a "seamless" reply/forward to the default
|
|||
|
destination area. The destination area should be set with
|
|||
|
AREAREPLYTO.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TIP: If you run a utility or have a mail processor which copies
|
|||
|
personal mail to a separate area and puts an "AREA:" line at
|
|||
|
the top of the messages, you should create a random system
|
|||
|
group for the area and enable AREAREPLYDIRECT in it:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group ECHO_PERSONAL
|
|||
|
AreaReplyDirect yes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With such a setup, GoldED replies directly to the area found
|
|||
|
in the "AREA:" line, so that you do not have to explicitly
|
|||
|
use the Alt-N command to reply in the original area, because
|
|||
|
GoldED automatically stores the reply in the appropiate
|
|||
|
area. However, if you use <ALT-N>, you can select a diffrent
|
|||
|
area (i.e. Netmail).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: It is probably not a good idea to enable this keyword
|
|||
|
globally.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAREPLYTO <echoid> (first netmail area)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Sets the default area for the READmovequotemsg, READmovecommentmsg
|
|||
|
and Forward functions. The default area is the first netmail area
|
|||
|
found in your setup. You should check if GoldED found the correct
|
|||
|
one if you have more than one. If you find yourself often
|
|||
|
forwarding or quoting from one area to another, it might be a good
|
|||
|
idea to setup a Random System group and put in this keyword.
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group GOLDED
|
|||
|
AreaReplyto GOLDED.BETA
|
|||
|
EndGroup
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Related keywords: AREACOPYTO, AREAFREQTO.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASCAN <echoid mask>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines areas which will be automatically scanned
|
|||
|
when starting GoldED. DOS/4DOS-style wildcards (* and ?) can be
|
|||
|
used in the echoid mask.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASCAN * Scan all areas.
|
|||
|
AREASCAN *INTER* Scan all areas containing "INTER" anywhere in
|
|||
|
the echoid.
|
|||
|
AREASCAN INT*.* Scan all areas beginning with "INT" and
|
|||
|
containing a '.' anywhere in the echoid.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It is recommended to have an "AREASCAN *" to scan all areas at
|
|||
|
startup. If you don't want to wait for the scan to complete, you
|
|||
|
can abort the scan by pressing ESC during startup.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASCANEXCL <echoid or wildcards>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword you can prevent areas from being scanned with
|
|||
|
AREASCAN on startup. This is good if you use "AREASCAN *", but
|
|||
|
have some big areas which slows it down.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASCANINCL <echoid or wildcards>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Here you can specify areas to be scanned with AREASCAN even if
|
|||
|
they were excluded with AREASCANEXCL. Useful for partial reversal
|
|||
|
of wildcard specs in the excludes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASCANSORT <sortspec> (XZBE)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When scanning areas, GoldED can optimize area scanning speed if it
|
|||
|
first sorts the arealist in an order so that each msgbase format
|
|||
|
is scanned in sequence rather than on semi-random order.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you don't like this or don't need it, you can define your own
|
|||
|
sort order.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the AREALISTSORT keyword for the definition of the sortspecs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASEP <echoid> <"desc"> <group> <type>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can define area separation lines between groups or areatypes.
|
|||
|
The syntax is nearly the same as the AREADEF keyword except for
|
|||
|
the fields after <type>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These five are area separation lines that are designed to list
|
|||
|
before each type of area. This works well when AREALISTSORT has
|
|||
|
T (for type) as one of the primary sort orders.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASEP !NET "Netmail areas" 0 Net
|
|||
|
AREASEP !EMAIL "E-mail areas" 0 EMail
|
|||
|
AREASEP !ECHO "Echomail areas" 0 Echo
|
|||
|
AREASEP !NEWS "Newsgroup areas" 0 News
|
|||
|
AREASEP !LOCAL "Local areas" 0 Local
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These can be used to separate areas with group letters (it will
|
|||
|
also work with group numbers like #117). Areas should then be
|
|||
|
sorted primarily on the group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASEP !A "Group A" A Local
|
|||
|
AREASEP !B "Group B" B Local
|
|||
|
AREASEP !C "Group C" C Local
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In these examples, I put a '!' in front of the echoid to make
|
|||
|
sure it is sorted ahead of the areas. This may not be necessary
|
|||
|
in all cases, depending on the sort order in effect. If you do
|
|||
|
put '!' in front of the echoid, have fuzzy sorting as the
|
|||
|
primary sort order, and type '!' in the fuzzy search, you'll get
|
|||
|
the interesting effect that all area separation lines collect
|
|||
|
themselves at the top :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The area separation lines are implemented like a special kind of
|
|||
|
area, and are therefore sorted in the arealist just as if they
|
|||
|
were actual areas. This is also the reason why you can place the
|
|||
|
cursor bar on the separation lines. Originally I wanted to make
|
|||
|
the cursor skip the separation lines, but I think I'll leave it as
|
|||
|
it is, because it can be useful sometimes, especially when using
|
|||
|
the fuzzy feature to quickly go to an area, for example, type "!C"
|
|||
|
to quickly move down to the group C areas (using the group sorted
|
|||
|
example).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When configuring area separation lines, be careful to consider the
|
|||
|
AREALISTSORT, so that the lines are sorted into the positions you
|
|||
|
want. If you don't sort areas, you must make sure that the AREASEP
|
|||
|
definitions are placed correctly in your GOLDED.CFG or
|
|||
|
GOLDAREA.CFG, that is, between/before AREADEF lines.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You will note that the separation lines are not fully connected
|
|||
|
into the left and right edges. This is both by design and for
|
|||
|
practical reasons (easier to implement), not a bug.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Currently the descriptions are hardcoded to the natural location
|
|||
|
in the description column.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREASTART <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Normally GoldED starts by displaying the arealist, to let you
|
|||
|
select which area you want to read. If this keyword is defined,
|
|||
|
the arealist is bypassed and GoldED starts directly in the
|
|||
|
configured area. You can override AREASTART with the -E
|
|||
|
commandline switch.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREATYPEORDER <type1> <type2> <type3> <type4> <type5>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword allows you to change the ordering of the Net, Echo,
|
|||
|
Local, EMail and News types when sorted by AREALISTSORT.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The default is
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREATYPEORDER Net EMail Echo News Local
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword was added to give greater flexibility to the new
|
|||
|
AREASEP feature.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAYOUWROTETO <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED automatically copies mails written by yourself to the given
|
|||
|
area when saving a new mail. GoldED will also add an AREA-kludge
|
|||
|
so you can see from which area the mail originally is copied from.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ASKDELORIG <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, you will be asked if the message you just replied to
|
|||
|
should be deleted. Otherwise it is left untouched.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword is only functional in netmail and local areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTACHPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default <path> when selecting files for attachement.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSATTACH <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the attributes that are *added* to the existing attributes
|
|||
|
of a message when the file attach attribute is toggled on.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSCC <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default attributes of Carbon Copy messages. CC
|
|||
|
attributes are *added* to the existing attributes of the original
|
|||
|
message. Usually used to add the Kill/Sent attribute.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSCFM <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default attributes of the Confirmation Receipt
|
|||
|
message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSECHO <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default attributes of messages entered in echomail
|
|||
|
areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSEMAIL <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default attributes of messages entered in e-mail
|
|||
|
areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSFRQ <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the attributes to use for messages generated with the file
|
|||
|
request function. Suggested attributes are: PVT K/S CRA. The FRQ
|
|||
|
and LOC attributes are added automatically.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSLOCAL <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default attributes of messages entered in local areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSNET <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default attributes of messages entered in netmail
|
|||
|
areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSNEWS <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default attributes of messages entered in news groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ATTRIBUTES <attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default attributes for area members of the current
|
|||
|
Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
BEEPCOMMENT <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will make a noise when the cursor in the
|
|||
|
internal editor is moved across a word defined with the
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
BEEPLOCALMSG <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will make a noise if it finds a msg with the
|
|||
|
"Local" (LOC) attributes set. This can be useful for the sysop who
|
|||
|
wants to monitor the msgs entered by users on his/her BBS.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A related keyword is DISPLOCALHIGH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
BEEPNOISES <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED makes noises when it wants attention.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: This is the "master switch" for all noises in GoldED.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
BEEPYOURMAIL <yes/no/always> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to "yes", GoldED will make a noise if it finds a
|
|||
|
non-received message to one of your USERNAME's. If set to
|
|||
|
"always", GoldED will make the noise even if it has already been
|
|||
|
marked as received.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CARBONCOPYLIST <listspec> (Names)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This specifies the format of the Carbon Copy list, as it will look
|
|||
|
after processing. You can also change the format in the CC menu
|
|||
|
before processing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <listspec> can be one of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Keep Keep the list as entered.
|
|||
|
Names Convert list to "CC: Name, Name, Name.." format.
|
|||
|
Visible Convert list to "CC: Name Address" format.
|
|||
|
Hidden Convert list to "^aCC: Name Address" format.
|
|||
|
Remove Remove the list completely.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
More details can be found in the Carbon Copy and Crossposting chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COLOR <colorspec>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Using this keyword you can define or redefine all the colors used
|
|||
|
in GoldED. See the Color Configuration chapter for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A complete color setup consists of a quite a lot of COLOR
|
|||
|
keywords, and it is normal practice to put them in a separate .CFG
|
|||
|
file and use the INCLUDE keyword to let GoldED read it. The COLORS
|
|||
|
archive contains a number of example color/mono setups. Try them
|
|||
|
out if you think the default colors stink :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COLORSET <Normal/Intense/Mono> (Normal or Mono)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Three color setups are built-in, and can be selected with this
|
|||
|
keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Normal set is the default when a color display adapter is
|
|||
|
detected. The Normal set has all black background, with bright
|
|||
|
neon-like colors for the window frames. Some hate it, some love
|
|||
|
it. :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Intense set switches off the "blink" attribute, thereby
|
|||
|
enabling the use of intense (bright) colors for the background
|
|||
|
("paper") colors as well as the foreground ("ink") colors. This is
|
|||
|
used in the Intense set to make a bright white background, sort of
|
|||
|
like the standard Windows 3.0 setup.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Mono set is the default when a monochrome adapter is detected.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CONFIRMFILE <filename> (GOLDED.CFM)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED supports the Confirmation Receipt attribute, as used in
|
|||
|
FrontDoor 2.xx with the FLAGS CFM kludge. If GoldED finds an
|
|||
|
unreceived message to one of your USERNAME's with the CFM (or the
|
|||
|
RRQ Return Receipt Request) attribute set, it generates an
|
|||
|
automatic response message from the content of the CONFIRMFILE. In
|
|||
|
the file you can use many of the template tokens to personalize
|
|||
|
the automatic message. You can specify the default attributes for
|
|||
|
the message with the ATTRIBSCFM keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Template tokens are explained in the Message Template chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CONFIRMRESPONSE <yes/no/ask> (ask)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
An unreceived message to you with the CFM attribute set tells
|
|||
|
GoldED that the sender has requested a receipt that you have read
|
|||
|
the message. With this keyword you tell GoldED what to do when
|
|||
|
such a message is found. Either always automatically generate the
|
|||
|
receipt ("yes"), always ignore the requests ("no") or ask you in
|
|||
|
each case. Older versions always generated receipts.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COOKIEPATH <path> (defaults to the GOLDPATH)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default path for the @random template token.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CROSSPOSTLIST <listspec> (Verbose)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This specifies the format of the Crosspost list, as it will look
|
|||
|
after processing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <listspec> can be one of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
None Crosspost without a list in the msgs.
|
|||
|
Verbose Change the list to lines of "* Crossposted in ..."
|
|||
|
Yes Also adds "* Crossposted in ...", but expands echolist
|
|||
|
in line rather than in column.
|
|||
|
Raw Keep the crosspost list as you entered it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
More details can be found in the Carbon Copy and Crossposting
|
|||
|
chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFO <Tearline,Origin,yes/no>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies if you want a tearline and/or origin in your messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can ONLY be used in random system groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This may be helpful for QWK users, who can now create a group for
|
|||
|
the QWK areas and put "CTRLINFO No" in it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOECHO <Tearline,Origin,yes/no> (Tearline Origin)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies if you want a tearline and/or origin in your echomail
|
|||
|
messages. They will be added by your echomail processor if you
|
|||
|
disable them here.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOECHO Tearline Origin ; Add both tearline and origin.
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOECHO Tearline ; Add only a tearline.
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOECHO Origin ; Add only an origin.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: If you use the last example, your mail processor may get
|
|||
|
confused. However, most modern mail processors *can* handle msgs
|
|||
|
without a tearline.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOEMAIL <Tearline,Origin,yes/no> (No)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies if you want a tearline and/or origin in your Internet
|
|||
|
e-mail messages. This is not recommended.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOLOCAL <Tearline,Origin,yes/no> (No)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies if you want tearline and origin in your messages in
|
|||
|
local areas. In local areas, the tearline and origin is normally
|
|||
|
never required but can be used for cosmetic purposes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOLOCAL Tearline Origin ; Add both tearline and origin.
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOLOCAL Tearline ; Add only a tearline.
|
|||
|
CTRLINFOLOCAL Origin ; Add only an origin.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFONET <Tearline,Origin,yes/no> (Tearline)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies if you want tearline and origin in your netmail
|
|||
|
messages. In netmail areas, the tearline and origin is normally
|
|||
|
never required but can be used for cosmetic purposes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFONET Tearline Origin ; Add both tearline and origin.
|
|||
|
CTRLINFONET Tearline ; Add only a tearline.
|
|||
|
CTRLINFONET Origin ; Add only an origin.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CTRLINFONEWS <Tearline,Origin,yes/no> (No)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies if you want a tearline and/or origin in your Internet
|
|||
|
news articles. This is not recommended.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPAREANO <yes/no/always> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword specifies if GoldED should display the area number on
|
|||
|
the top line in the reader.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Yes Display it only if non-zero.
|
|||
|
No Never display it.
|
|||
|
Always Always display the area number.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The area number is the same as that displayed in the leftmost
|
|||
|
column in the arealist. This also means that the number displayed
|
|||
|
can be either the "real" area number (Hudson/Goldbase/Ezycom
|
|||
|
board) or the standard sequential number (toggleable with Alt-B in
|
|||
|
the arealist).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The number is displayed in square brackets to the left of the area
|
|||
|
description. I am not sure that is the best place for it - things
|
|||
|
are getting kinda crowded up there... Suggestions are welcome.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPATTACHSIZE <bytes/kbytes/no> (kbytes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Controls how the size of attached files is displayed in the
|
|||
|
header. Either the exact byte size, the rounded kbyte size, or not
|
|||
|
displayed at all. If the kbytes setting is chosen, the value is
|
|||
|
rounded according to the following formula: kbytes = (bytes + 512)
|
|||
|
/ 1024. So a 600 bytes file is rounded up to "1k", but a 500 bytes
|
|||
|
file is rounded down to "0k".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPAUTONEXT <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will automatically jump to the next message
|
|||
|
when entering an area.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPHDRDATESET <pos> <len> (-20 20)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the position and length of the date field in the header
|
|||
|
display. If a negative value is specified, that value is added to
|
|||
|
the current display width.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPHDRNAMESET <pos> <len> (8 36)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the position and length of the from/to name field in the
|
|||
|
header display. If a negative value is specified, that value is
|
|||
|
added to the current display width.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPHDRNODESET <pos> <len> (44 16)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specfies the position and length of the from/to node address field
|
|||
|
in the header display. If a negative value is specified, that
|
|||
|
value is added to the current display width.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: The attributes display moves along with the DISPHDRNODESET
|
|||
|
values.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPLISTCURSOR <top/neartop/middle/nearbottom/bottom> (middle)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Selects the starting position of selection bar in the message list
|
|||
|
and nodelist browsers.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Top At the top if possible.
|
|||
|
NearTop At top + 1/3 if possible.
|
|||
|
Middle At middle of possible.
|
|||
|
NearBottom At bottom - 1/3.
|
|||
|
Bottom At bottom.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPLISTWRAP <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Enables/disables wrap-around when the selection bar in the main
|
|||
|
list/browser windows reaches the top or bottom.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPLOCALHIGH <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will display the FROM name with the highlight
|
|||
|
color, if a message has the Local (LOC) attribute set.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A related keyword is BEEPLOCALMSG.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPMARGIN <width> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is the right margin (display width) used for message display.
|
|||
|
If the value is 0 (zero), GoldED will default to the current
|
|||
|
screen width. If a negative value is specified, that value will be
|
|||
|
added to the current screen width (thereby decreasing the display
|
|||
|
width relative to the screen width).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the DISPPAGEBAR keyword is enabled, the right margin is
|
|||
|
automatically decreased by one char.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPMSGSIZE <bytes/kbytes/lines/no> (bytes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When enabled, this keyword displays the msgbody size in bytes,
|
|||
|
kbytes or lines in the lower left side of the header. The size
|
|||
|
displayed is for the message body text only, the header and
|
|||
|
nul-terminator (and anything that may lurk beyond it) is excluded
|
|||
|
from the calculation.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: This feature currently only works when _reading_ msgs. While
|
|||
|
editing a msg in the internal editor, this feature is disabled -
|
|||
|
however, the size will be displayed when you are in the Save msg
|
|||
|
menu (if EDITSAVEMENU is enabled).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPPAGEBAR <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, a "pagebar" (similar to the scrollbar in GUI's) will
|
|||
|
appear on the right margin, telling you about the relative size
|
|||
|
and position in the message you are reading. It is only displayed
|
|||
|
if a message is longer than a screenful.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The pagebar automatically decreases the DISPMARGIN by one char.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPREALMSGNO <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can display the message numbers in two ways:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. As the actual (real) msg numbers.
|
|||
|
2. As "relative" numbers, which are always sequential from msg
|
|||
|
number 1.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Normally the relative numbers are best, because they reflect the
|
|||
|
actual number of msgs in the system.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPSOFTCR <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will treat the so-called Soft-CR character
|
|||
|
(ASCII 141, HEX 8D) just like any other displayable character,
|
|||
|
instead of ignoring it like linefeed chars (LF). Note that by
|
|||
|
enabling this feature, you _disable_ the character translation
|
|||
|
feature that uses the Soft-CR as an escape character. This feature
|
|||
|
was added to help users in countries which use the Soft-CR
|
|||
|
character for other purposes like 2-byte characters in Japan.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: The Ezycom msgbase format requires the Soft-CR to terminate
|
|||
|
each line. Therefore this feature is unlikely to be useful to
|
|||
|
Ezycom sysops.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPSTATUSLINE <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to NO, the statusline with memory meter, clock etc. will be
|
|||
|
disabled. This option has been implemented as a temporary help for
|
|||
|
visually impaired users. More extensive help may be implemented in
|
|||
|
future versions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DISPTABSIZE <chars> (4)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The tab size (number of spaces) used when displaying the tab
|
|||
|
(ASCII 9) character, and when pressing <Tab> in the internal
|
|||
|
editor.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you use an external editor, you should switch it to create
|
|||
|
spaces instead of tabs, because tabs are technically not allowed
|
|||
|
in FidoNet technology messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DOSPROMPT (yes/no) (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will add a message about itself to the DOS
|
|||
|
prompt when shelling out.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DOSSWAP <yes/no,xms,ems,disk,hide,checknet,noprealloc> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword you can specify what storage devices the DOS
|
|||
|
shell swapper should try or use, and what order to try them in.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It is only relevant for the standard 16-bit DOS version. The 386,
|
|||
|
W32, OS/2 and Linux versions will ignore this keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The YES parameter tells the swapper to try EMS, XMS, DISK in that
|
|||
|
order, and NO tells it not to swap at all (this will leave the
|
|||
|
main part of GoldED in memory, and give you little room in the DOS
|
|||
|
shell).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can specify your own order, such as "DOSSWAP EMS, XMS, DISK",
|
|||
|
which makes it try it in that order, or "DOSSWAP EMS, DISK", which
|
|||
|
makes it ignore XMS.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If disk swapping is used, the swap file will be placed in the
|
|||
|
SWAPPATH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These parameters modify the disk swapping behaviour:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HIDE Hides the swapfile, if diskswapping is used.
|
|||
|
CHECKNET For some reason, disk swapping is slower if running
|
|||
|
on a (Novell) network without this.
|
|||
|
NOPREALLOC Use this if you are always running on a network
|
|||
|
(instead of enabling CHECKNET).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IMPORTANT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT IMPORTANT
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Some programs use extended memory in ways that may conflict with
|
|||
|
the XMS extended memory driver, causing inexplicable crashes. If
|
|||
|
you have problems, you should first try turning off the OVERLAY
|
|||
|
keyword, and if it still fails, turn off DOSSWAP (or stop using
|
|||
|
those other programs :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITAUTOATTACH <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, and you use drivespec (C:, D:, etc.) in the subject in
|
|||
|
a netmail message, GoldED will automatically turn on the file
|
|||
|
attach attribute. Autoattaching only works if the subject has been
|
|||
|
edited, so that subject files will not automatically be
|
|||
|
re-attached in replies.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITAUTOSAVE <seconds> (30)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a non-zero value is given, the internal editor will
|
|||
|
automatically execute the EDITsavefile function with intervals of
|
|||
|
<seconds>. Good for keeping automatic backup of the message you
|
|||
|
are writing. The saved file can be restored with the EDITloadfile
|
|||
|
command. The name of the saved file is defined with the EDITORFILE
|
|||
|
keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If disaster strikes (crash, lockup, power blackout, etc.) while
|
|||
|
you are writing a message in the internal editor, this feature
|
|||
|
lets you continue from the last autosaved message, which will
|
|||
|
popup automatically when you enter the internal editor again.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: This feature only works 100% if KEYBMODE is set to "poll".
|
|||
|
If KEYBMODE is set to "block", autosave won't happen until you
|
|||
|
press a key after the interval has passed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITCHANGEDATE <always/yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to "always", GoldED will always "touch" the message date in
|
|||
|
the header, if you change a message after saving it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to "yes", GoldED will only "touch" the message date in the
|
|||
|
header, if you change a message written by yourself. This is
|
|||
|
useful in cases such as when you need to edit messages written by
|
|||
|
other people (in-transit netmails for example) which may be
|
|||
|
mis-addressed or something without messing up the date.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to "no", the message date is not changed when changing a
|
|||
|
message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITCHARPARA [']<char>['] (' ')
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines the character GoldED displays at the end of
|
|||
|
paragraphs in the internal editor. This is where the CR character
|
|||
|
will be placed once the msg is saved.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITCHARSPACE [']<char>['] (' ')
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines the character GoldED displays when it should
|
|||
|
display a space character in the internal editor. See also the
|
|||
|
description of the EDITCHARPARA keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The keywords EDITCHARPARA and EDITCHARSPACE were added to aid me
|
|||
|
while rewriting and debugging the new internal editor. By
|
|||
|
redefining them to visible characters instead of spaces, I could
|
|||
|
see if strange things were happening while inserting or deleting
|
|||
|
characters. This was a great help. Personally I now always use
|
|||
|
redefinitions to ASCII 20 (a paragraph sign) and CP437 250 (a
|
|||
|
small dot).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT <"word"> <"comment">
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This feature is mostly for fun :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It allows you to define words which causes GoldED to display a
|
|||
|
comment in the statusline, when you place the cursor on the word
|
|||
|
in the internal editor.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT ":-(" "Don't worry, be happy!"
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT ":-)" "Are we having fun yet?"
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT ";-)" "Wink wink, nudge nugde..."
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT "!!!" "Flame Warning!"
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT "GoldED" "Great program, isn't it?"
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT "Odin" "One more 'n' please."
|
|||
|
EDITCOMMENT "Odinn" "That's right :-)"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Have fun with it!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITCOMPLETION <"abbreviation"> <"completion">
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This feature allows you to define abbreviations which will be
|
|||
|
automatically expanded to full words or sentences when typed in
|
|||
|
the internal editor. Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITCOMPLETION "/Odin" "Odinn"
|
|||
|
EDITCOMPLETION "/GED" "GoldED"
|
|||
|
EDITCOMPLETION "/V7" "Version 7"
|
|||
|
EDITCOMPLETION "/FD" "FrontDoor"
|
|||
|
EDITCOMPLETION "/WfW" "Windows for Workgroups"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE! The abbreviation is case-sensitive. If "XX" is defined as
|
|||
|
an abbreviation, completion will NOT be triggered if "xx" is
|
|||
|
typed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITCRLFTERM <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, all text paragraphs in your messages will be
|
|||
|
terminated with a CR/LF combination. If disabled, only a single CR
|
|||
|
is used. This option was created to fix a problem with an older
|
|||
|
version of the Dutchie mail processor, that apparently needed the
|
|||
|
CR/LF termination of kludge lines.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITFIELDCLEAR <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, the input-fields will be automatically cleared for new
|
|||
|
entry, if a non-edit key is the first key pressed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITHARDLINE <string> ("<<")
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The string is needed if you use an external editor that terminates
|
|||
|
all lines with a CR or CR/LF. The hardline string acts as a text
|
|||
|
paragraph terminator, and the normal CR's are ignored.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The concept of "hardlines" is explained in the Hardline Feature
|
|||
|
chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITHARDLINES <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword enables the "hardline" feature. If disabled, the
|
|||
|
EDITHARDLINE string is never written to the editor message file,
|
|||
|
and the editor message file is read back exactly as entered,
|
|||
|
including terminating CR's on all lines.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITHARDTERM <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will hard-terminate all lines in your messages
|
|||
|
at the editor margin. It is recommended to enable this keyword for
|
|||
|
Internet e-mail and newsgroups, because some user-unfriendly
|
|||
|
Internet software does not wrap long lines properly. But DON'T
|
|||
|
enable it in normal FidoNet echomail.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITHDRNAMESET <pos> <len> (8 36)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specfies the position and length of the from/to name field in the
|
|||
|
header edit display. If a negative value is specified, that value
|
|||
|
is added to the current display width.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITHDRNODESET <pos> <len> (44 36)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specfies the position and length of the from/to node address field
|
|||
|
in the header edit display. If a negative value is specified, that
|
|||
|
value is added to the current display width.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITHEADERATTRS <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword allows you to turn off the large attributes window
|
|||
|
that is shown during header edit. Even if the window is turned
|
|||
|
off, the Alt-keys are still active for toggling attributes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITHEADERFIRST <new,changes,replies,forwards,yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword controls the circumstances that will present you with
|
|||
|
the header editor first of all.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
New When entering a new message.
|
|||
|
Changes When changing a message
|
|||
|
Replies When making a reply.
|
|||
|
Forwards When forwarding a message.
|
|||
|
Yes Always (all of the above).
|
|||
|
No Never.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The New, Changes, Replies and Forwards values can be combined. YES
|
|||
|
is equivalent to enabling all four of these.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For example, we want to edit the header only when entering a new
|
|||
|
message or when changing a message:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITHEADERFIRST New, Changes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the circumstances match the setup of this keyword, the header
|
|||
|
edit will be bypassed and you will start directly in the EDITMENU
|
|||
|
(if enabled) or in the internal or external editor. A new menu
|
|||
|
item has been added in the EDITSAVEMENU, "Edit Header", which
|
|||
|
allows you to edit the header after you have written your message,
|
|||
|
but before it is finally saved.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you set EDITHEADERFIRST to NO, you must either have the
|
|||
|
EDITSAVEMENU enabled, or use the internal editor, because
|
|||
|
otherwise it is not possible to edit the header at all.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITINTERNAL <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies if the internal editor should be the default, even if an
|
|||
|
external editor is defined. You can always change the setting in
|
|||
|
the editor menu (if EDITMENU is enabled) before you start writing
|
|||
|
your message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITMENU <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword enables or disables the "Edit menu" that pops up
|
|||
|
right after you have edited the message header. If you disable the
|
|||
|
menu, you will go to the internal or external editor immediately
|
|||
|
and save a keystroke, but you will of course lose the features
|
|||
|
available from the menu, such as selection of template etc.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITMIXCASE <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If this keyword is enabled, GoldED will automatically format the
|
|||
|
name with uppercase the first letter in words and lowercase the
|
|||
|
rest, when entering names in the header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"odinn sorensen" or "ODINN SORENSEN"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These would be re-cased to "Odinn Sorensen".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITMSGSIZE <bytes> (64000 in DOS, 512000 in all others)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This lets you limit the size of loaded msgs. GoldED currently
|
|||
|
cannot handle msgs larger than 64k in the DOS version (all other
|
|||
|
platforms do not have this limit). This keyword ensures that the
|
|||
|
system will not get confused and possibly crash or exit, if a
|
|||
|
message was encountered that was larger than 64k.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITOR <commandline> [@file] [@line]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With GoldED it is possible to use your favorite text editor or
|
|||
|
even word processor to write messages. With this keyword you
|
|||
|
specify the commandline for the editor.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you use a word processor, be sure to make it export clean ASCII
|
|||
|
text files without control codes. You may also need to enable the
|
|||
|
DOSSWAP keyword, if the editor or word processor requires a lot of
|
|||
|
free memory to run.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<commandline> Program commandline.
|
|||
|
@file Token which is replaced by the editor message
|
|||
|
filename.
|
|||
|
@line Token which is replaced by the @Position
|
|||
|
template line number.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITORFILE <file> (GOLDED.MSG)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the name of the temporary editor message file. This file
|
|||
|
is written by GoldED when swapping to the external editor, or when
|
|||
|
using the EDITsavefile command in the internal editor.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The file is written in the GOLDPATH if there is no explicit path.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITQUOTEMARGIN <margin> (75)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Sets the right margin for editing quoted lines in the internal
|
|||
|
editor. This should be set to the same or wider than the
|
|||
|
QUOTEMARGIN.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITREPLYRE <yes/no/numeric> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED inserts the "Re:" string in front of the
|
|||
|
subject when you reply to a message. If not enabled, GoldED will
|
|||
|
strip any leading "Re:" when you reply to a msg.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The "Re:" string in subjects is an obsolete practice, and today it
|
|||
|
only slows down modern replylinking software. Do yourself and
|
|||
|
others a favor and let GoldED strip the Re: in your replies.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The "numeric" option makes GoldED use numeric Re:'s, of the form
|
|||
|
"Re^n:".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITSAVEMENU <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword enables or disables the "Save menu" that pops up
|
|||
|
after you have edited your message in the internal or external
|
|||
|
editor. If you disable the menu, your message will be saved (or
|
|||
|
discarded if not edited) immediately and save you a keystroke, but
|
|||
|
you will also lose the features available from the menu.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITSAVEUTIL <utilno> <"L menu text">
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the external utilities that will be added to the
|
|||
|
EDITSAVEMENU (if enabled). The menu text is inserted in the menu.
|
|||
|
The first two characters of the menu text are the "hotkey" letter
|
|||
|
that will be highlighted in the menu text, plus a space. Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITSAVEUTIL 1 "S PGP Sign the msg"
|
|||
|
EDITSAVEUTIL 2 "l PGP Clear-Sign the msg"
|
|||
|
EDITSAVEUTIL 3 "E PGP Encrypt the msg"
|
|||
|
EDITSAVEUTIL 4 "p PGP Encrypt & Sign the msg"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you have changed the default language in this menu (in
|
|||
|
GOLDLANG.CFG), then make sure the highlight letters don't clash.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With EDITSAVEUTIL definitions and EDITSAVEMENU enabled, you can
|
|||
|
directly call an external utility to do things like encoding or
|
|||
|
encrypting msgs before saving them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITSOFTCRXLAT <char>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a translation char is defined, GoldED will translate the
|
|||
|
soft-cr character (ASCII 141, HEX 8D) in prompts and in the
|
|||
|
internal editor. Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITSOFTCRXLAT H
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This example for russians translates the soft-cr to an 'H'.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Please note that this option only applied when DISPSOFTCR set to
|
|||
|
YES.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITSPELLCHECK <commandline> [@file]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
While in the internal editor, you can use the EDITspellcheck
|
|||
|
command to save your message to a file and shell to external
|
|||
|
spellchecking software. When the check is completed, the corrected
|
|||
|
file is read back and you can continue editing your message. The
|
|||
|
EDITspellcheck command internally uses the EDITsavefile and
|
|||
|
EDITloadfile commands.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<commandline> Spellchecker program commandline.
|
|||
|
[@file] Token which is replaced by the message filename
|
|||
|
(defined by the EDITORFILE keyword).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITUNDELETE <lines> (50)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines the number of lines to keep in the undelete
|
|||
|
buffer between messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EMPTYTEARLINE <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword enabled, GoldED will always strip the tearline
|
|||
|
down to just the three dashes, "---", and instead inserts the PID
|
|||
|
(Product IDentification) kludge line, which contains the same
|
|||
|
information, but in a safer form in a safer place. The PID kludge
|
|||
|
is proposed in FidoNet document FSC-0046.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ENCODEEMAILHEADERS <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By default headers in e-mails MIME-encoded according to RFC. In
|
|||
|
Russia it is general practice not to encode headers, so you
|
|||
|
probably want to say no if you're in Russia.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ENDGROUP
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Ends a Random System GROUP definition.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EVENT <eventtype> <eventcommand [parameters]>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword allows you to specify which soundfile to play when a
|
|||
|
specfic event occurs. The following <eventtype>'s are defined:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EVENTTYPE TRIGGER:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Arealist When the arealist shows.
|
|||
|
AskYesNo Any Yes/No type prompt.
|
|||
|
Attention Warnings or information popup messages.
|
|||
|
DosShell When entering a DOS or OS/2 shell.
|
|||
|
EditComment When an editcomment is found.
|
|||
|
EndOfMsgs When there are no more msgs in the area.
|
|||
|
ErrorFatal Fatal error exit.
|
|||
|
Exit Exit from GoldED.
|
|||
|
JobDone Successful completion of a job.
|
|||
|
JobFailed Unsuccessful completion of a job.
|
|||
|
MsgDeleting When deleting a msg.
|
|||
|
MsgFromYou When a msg from you is found.
|
|||
|
MsgIsLocal When a msg marked Local is found.
|
|||
|
MsgIsTwit When a msg from a Twit is found.
|
|||
|
MsgToYou When a msg to you is found.
|
|||
|
SearchFailed Search operation failed.
|
|||
|
SearchSuccess Search operation was successful.
|
|||
|
Startup When the GoldED startup screen shows.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
There is currently only one <eventcommand> defined:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PLAY <filename.ext/beepnoise>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The parameter to PLAY can be either a sound file or one of the
|
|||
|
following standard beepnoises:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TheEnd A high and a low note.
|
|||
|
GotIt Two sets of low-high notes.
|
|||
|
TooBad A falling note.
|
|||
|
ToYou A rising and falling note.
|
|||
|
SayBiBi A single beep.
|
|||
|
SOS Morse S O S (...---...).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a sound file is specified, the sound driver must support the
|
|||
|
format.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The DOS and 386 versions need a Goldware Sound API compatible TSR
|
|||
|
or program loader which installs an interrupt service function on
|
|||
|
the multiplex interrupt 2Dh. See the chapter about the Goldware
|
|||
|
Sound API for more details. The GCTVSAPI program loader (released
|
|||
|
separately) currently only supports the CT-VOICE.DRV driver for
|
|||
|
.VOC files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The OS/2 version relies on MMPM/2 (using the mciSendString API
|
|||
|
call) to play the sound files. On my system with a Sound Blaster
|
|||
|
Pro, MMPM/2 plays both .WAV and (to my surprise) .VOC files. It
|
|||
|
even plays .MID files :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Win32 version uses the Win32 API to play the sound files. It
|
|||
|
should be able to play any multimedia file that Windows knows how
|
|||
|
to handle.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example usages:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EVENT MsgToYou PLAY HIMAN.VOC
|
|||
|
EVENT MsgIsTwit PLAY SHOTGUN.VOC
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You have to select the sounds carefully and probably with a lot of
|
|||
|
experimentation, unless you want to turn your mailreader into a
|
|||
|
honking, wailing and farting monster and drive your poor family or
|
|||
|
yourself nuts with a cacophony of noises...
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EXCLUDENODES <addressmask>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can define up to 50 different addressmasks to be excluded from
|
|||
|
the compiled nodelists. Use this if you are short of space, or the
|
|||
|
nodelist compile takes very long on your system. This keyword is
|
|||
|
used by GoldNODE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Excluded nodes can be re-included with the INCLUDENODES keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EXTERNOPTIONS <-options>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default options for the EXTERNUTIL's. Valid options:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-Cls * Clear screen.
|
|||
|
-Cursor * Cursor in shell.
|
|||
|
-KeepCtrl * Keep control lines in the message.
|
|||
|
-Pause Pause for keypress before returning to GoldED.
|
|||
|
-PauseOnError * Pause only if utility errorlevel is nonzero.
|
|||
|
-Reload * Reload the message file (@file).
|
|||
|
-Swap * Swap GoldED out of memory before shelling.
|
|||
|
-Wipe Wipe editorfile and temporary file after use.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Plus the reverse options with a "No" prefix, for example -NoCls.
|
|||
|
The default options are marked with an asterisk (*).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use -NoKeepCtrl when you want to clearsign a message. This will
|
|||
|
strip the control lines (kludges, tearline and origin) from the
|
|||
|
message before passing it to the external utility. The tearline
|
|||
|
and origin is appended to the message when reloading it. The
|
|||
|
default is to keep control lines in the message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use -Wipe when you want the temporary unencrypted message files to
|
|||
|
be wiped and removed from the disk after they have been read into
|
|||
|
memory. GoldED wipes a file by writing a block of 512 random bytes
|
|||
|
over the entire length of the file, then truncating it to zero
|
|||
|
bytes and finally deleting it. The default is not to wipe files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EXTERNUTIL <utilno> [-options] <commandline>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This new feature can be used to "filter" msgs, for example calling
|
|||
|
PGP or other encryption utilities.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <utilno> must be in the range 1 to 24 for utilities that will
|
|||
|
be called with key definitions (see below). Higher numbers can be
|
|||
|
used for utilities that are called from the EDITSAVEMENU (if
|
|||
|
enabled). See the EDITSAVEUTIL keyword for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The default options are those specified with the EXTERNOPTIONS
|
|||
|
keyword. With [-options], you can change the those options locally
|
|||
|
for specific utils. See the EXTERNOPTIONS keyword for a list of
|
|||
|
valid options.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <commandline> specfies the DOS or OS/2 commandline you want to
|
|||
|
execute. This works in the same way as for the external editor and
|
|||
|
spellchecker. See the manual for details about this, especially if
|
|||
|
you want to execute batchfiles. In the <commandline> you can use
|
|||
|
@tokens to transfer information from the msg to the commandline.
|
|||
|
The @tokens are the same as for templates, and in addition you can
|
|||
|
use two other @tokens:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@path The GOLDPATH, including a trailing backslash.
|
|||
|
@file The full filename of the message file (GOLDED.MSG)
|
|||
|
that will be written to disk before the utility is
|
|||
|
called.
|
|||
|
@tmpfile The full filename of a temporary message file
|
|||
|
(GEDTMPxx.xxx) that will be written to disk before the
|
|||
|
utility is called.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EXTERNUTIL 1 c:\4dos\4dos.com /c c:\crypt\encrypt.bat @file
|
|||
|
EXTERNUTIL 2 c:\4dos\4dos.com /c c:\crypt\decrypt.bat @file
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
To call a defined external utility, you must assign a key to it.
|
|||
|
There are 24 new keyboard commands you can use in GOLDKEYS.CFG for
|
|||
|
this purpose:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ExternUtilNN
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Where NN is in the range 01 to 24 _with_ leading zero. Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
F11 ExternUtil01
|
|||
|
F12 ExternUtil02
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Then if you press F11, you would call external utility number 1
|
|||
|
and so on. The ExternUtilNN keywords ONLY work in reader mode, not
|
|||
|
in the internal editor or any other place.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HOW IT WORKS:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. Just before the external utility is called, GoldED writes the
|
|||
|
current message text to the GOLDED.MSG file in the GOLDPATH.
|
|||
|
The file is written as a textfile with each line CR-LF
|
|||
|
terminated. The content is exactly as you see it on the
|
|||
|
screen, which means that kludges are only included if you have
|
|||
|
enabled kludge viewing. If the -NoKeepCtrl option is used,
|
|||
|
kludges, tearline and origin are stripped before the file is
|
|||
|
written. If the token @tmpfile is used, a temporary file named
|
|||
|
GEDTMPxx.xxx (where xx.xxx is something unique) is created
|
|||
|
with exactly the same content as @file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
2. GoldED clears the screen and then calls the utility after
|
|||
|
swapping itself out of memory (if swapping is enabled or
|
|||
|
relevant for the version).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
3. The utility can now load and process the @file and/or
|
|||
|
@tmpfile, or do anything else you want. It doesn't have to
|
|||
|
have anything to do with the current msg. You could call a
|
|||
|
spreadsheet, a game, whatever. But I think this feature will
|
|||
|
mainly be used for utilities that process the @file. If the
|
|||
|
utility processes the @file, it could write the changes back
|
|||
|
to the @file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
4. After returning from the utility, GoldED reloads the @file and
|
|||
|
displays it just as if it was the current message. For
|
|||
|
example, if your utility was a decrypter and the msg was
|
|||
|
encrypted, you would now see the decrypted msg. Neat eh? :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
5. If you want to make the reloaded text permanent (save it in
|
|||
|
the msg), you can use the Change Msg function and immediately
|
|||
|
choose "Save Message" from the Editing menu (if enabled with
|
|||
|
EDITMENU Yes). This is in fact the method you could use if you
|
|||
|
wanted to EN-crypt a msg (however, it is easier to use the
|
|||
|
method which involves the EDITSAVEUTIL keyword).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The QUOTESPACING feature can interfere with encoded msgs that
|
|||
|
include the '>' character at the beginning of lines (often seen in
|
|||
|
uuencoded msgs), by automatically inserting blank lines before and
|
|||
|
after the lines with '>'. I have therefore changed the
|
|||
|
quotespacing default from YES to NO. Be sure to check if you have
|
|||
|
a different setting if you are using an older edition of the
|
|||
|
advanced configuration files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the string "-----BEGIN PGP MESSAGE-----" is found as the first
|
|||
|
27 characters in a reloaded message, GoldED will automatically add
|
|||
|
the FSC-0073 kludge "^aENC: PGP" to indicate that the message is
|
|||
|
encrypted. This kludge may be used by some software to set up
|
|||
|
alternative routing for encrypted mail which would otherwise be
|
|||
|
bounced if sent through normal channels.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the "Using PGP as an External Utility" chapter for batchfile
|
|||
|
examples and instructions on how to use this new feature with PGP.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
!!! IMPORTANT !!! From FidoNet Policy 4.07 (chapter 2.1.4):
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"[..] Therefore, encrypted and/or commercial traffic that is
|
|||
|
routed without the express permission of all the links in the
|
|||
|
delivery system constitutes annoying behavior."
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
So be careful with this feature!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TIP: You can use the EXTERNUTIL feature to setup keys to view or
|
|||
|
print an attached fax. Use something like this in GOLDED.CFG:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EXTERNUTIL 11 c:\zfax\zfax.com pf @subject ; print fax
|
|||
|
EXTERNUTIL 12 c:\zfax\zfax.com vf @subject ; view fax
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
And this in GOLDKEYS.CFG:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@F11 ExternUtil11 ; Press Alt-F11 to print the fax
|
|||
|
@F12 ExternUtil12 ; Press Alt-F12 to view the fax
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Or choose your own key assignments and fax view/print utils.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that this assumes that the fax file is listed in the subject
|
|||
|
line like an attached file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: If you're running GoldED/386 and try to use a Win32 program
|
|||
|
as an EXTERNUTIL, you might get the error "This program cannot be
|
|||
|
run in DOS mode". You can work around this by calling the Win32
|
|||
|
program via the shell. For example if this call fails:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EXTERNUTIL 1 c:\utl\mywin32.exe @file
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Replace it with:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EXTERNUTIL 1 command.com /c c:\utl\mywin32.exe @file
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Then it should work. If not, try using full path to command.com.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EZYCOMMSGBASE <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the base path for the Ezycom msgbase. If not set, AREAFILE
|
|||
|
Ezycom will set it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EZYCOMUSERBASE <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the base path for the Ezycom userbase. If not set,
|
|||
|
AREAFILE Ezycom will set it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EZYCOMUSERNO <userno> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the lastread set used in the Ezycom message base.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIDOHWMARKS <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will use the echomail "highwater mark" (1.MSG)
|
|||
|
to determine if a message is "sent" or "unsent" in *.MSG areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: Some older echomail processors do not update the highwater
|
|||
|
mark in a way that GoldED can recognize. If all messages appear to
|
|||
|
marked "Uns", even after the mail has been scanned out, try
|
|||
|
turning off this keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIDOLASTREAD <file> (LASTREAD)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the filename of the *.MSG lastread files. DO NOT specify a
|
|||
|
path.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIDOMSGTYPE <Opus/FTS1> (Opus)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines the default format of Fido *.MSG files. It is
|
|||
|
only used by some AREAFILE's when reading external area
|
|||
|
configuration files, where the preferred format is unknown.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The FTS1 (FTS-0001.012 and later) format uses zone/point fields,
|
|||
|
where the Opus format uses date/time stamps. When set to Opus
|
|||
|
format, GoldED interprets the date/time stamps as DOS-style
|
|||
|
bitmapped date/time.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIDONULLFIX <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to YES, GoldED will replace NUL chars with LF chars in the
|
|||
|
msg body when reading a Fido *.MSG file. This is slower of course,
|
|||
|
but not noticably on fast machines.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This option was created to enable GoldED users to read msgs that
|
|||
|
were created/handled by brain-dead programs (I don't have names,
|
|||
|
sorry) which are not obeying our primary technical standard:
|
|||
|
FTS-0001. FTS-1 states that a NUL terminates the msg body. But
|
|||
|
sometimes msgs are encountered which have a NUL as the first char
|
|||
|
in the msg body or perhaps in other places, thereby causing GoldED
|
|||
|
to show a blank or cut-off msg. In some Pascal-based readers, such
|
|||
|
as FM, these msgs can be read anyway, because in Pascal a NUL does
|
|||
|
not terminate a string like in C/C++.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: Even if the new FIDONULLFIX keyword is disabled, GoldED will
|
|||
|
still fix a NUL if it is the _first_ character in the msg body.
|
|||
|
This probably fixes most of these buggy msgs without the overhead
|
|||
|
of checking the entire msg.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIDOUSERLIST <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path and filename of a FIDOUSER.LST file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This file is expected to be sorted in ascending alphabetical order
|
|||
|
using plain ASCII case-insensitive sort. Each line in the list is
|
|||
|
expected to be 60 characters plus a CR and a LF, or in other words
|
|||
|
records of 62 bytes each. If the list is produced by a nodelist
|
|||
|
compiler, everything should be okay, but be careful if you have
|
|||
|
edited the file manually. Note that a FIDOUSER.LST file only
|
|||
|
supports a name lookup (to get the address).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FIDOUSERNO <userno> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is an index into the FIDOLASTREAD file. Each user occupies 2
|
|||
|
bytes in the lastread file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FILEALIAS <alias> <filename>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Used to define short alias names for filenames. If you regularly
|
|||
|
write msgs to different files in different paths, this feature is
|
|||
|
very useful, and reduces the risk of typing wrong.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FILEALIAS DKB R:\DKBBS\DKBBS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this file alias, you can simply write "DKB" at the filename
|
|||
|
prompt, and the long filename will be used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FILELISTPAGEBAR <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Enables or disables a pagebar (scrollbar) in the file attach list
|
|||
|
function.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FORCETEMPLATE <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will popup a template selection menu when you
|
|||
|
start writing a new msg or reply. If you have both TEMPLATE(s) and
|
|||
|
FORCETEMPLATE in a Random System group, you can tell GoldED to use
|
|||
|
the random template(s) by hitting ESC instead of selecting from
|
|||
|
the menu.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FORMFEEDSEPARATOR <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Used when saving messages to file. If enabled, it inserts a Form
|
|||
|
Feed (12d) character after each message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FRQEXT <.ext>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword you can add extra known filename extensions for
|
|||
|
the filerequest function. The following extensions are already
|
|||
|
known by default, and need not be defined (duplicate definitions
|
|||
|
are ignored):
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
.ARC .ARJ .DOC .EXE .GIF .LHA .LZH .JPG .PAK .PNG .RAR .RUN .SDA
|
|||
|
.SDN .TXT .ZIP .ZOO
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Each extension _must_ have the leading dot.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example: FRQEXT .XYZ
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FRQNODEMAP <to-node> <from-node>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword is used for the file request feature (Ctrl-F). It
|
|||
|
allows you to define mappings from a nodenumber used in a file
|
|||
|
announcement to another nodenumber. This is useful in the cases
|
|||
|
where a multi-line system announces files using their primary
|
|||
|
nodenumber, which may be a regular V34 modem number, but they also
|
|||
|
have an ISDN number, which you would prefer to use instead.
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// change-to: from:
|
|||
|
FRQNODEMAP 2:236/99 2:236/100
|
|||
|
FRQNODEMAP 2:236/1043 2:236/43
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
So, if I saw a file announcement from 2:236/100, and requested
|
|||
|
some files, the request would automatically be addressed to
|
|||
|
2:236/99.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FRQOPTIONS <options> (FromTop)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines options for the file request function:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Sort Sort the list of files alphabetically.
|
|||
|
FromTop Scan the message from the top of the message.
|
|||
|
NotFromTop Scan the message from the top of the screen.
|
|||
|
NoFiles Don't list the file FILES if no files were found.
|
|||
|
NoWazooMsg Don't save the request message.
|
|||
|
Fast Bypass the header edit and save the msg immediately.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By default, the "FromTop" option is enabled. If you often request
|
|||
|
files from very long announcement messages, you might find it very
|
|||
|
useful to set the "NotFromTop" option.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The "NoFiles" option was added because if no filenames are found
|
|||
|
in a message, the file request function defaults to listing the
|
|||
|
magic name FILES instead of complaining that no files were found.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the FRQWAZOO keyword is enabled, the default behaviour is to
|
|||
|
save the request message with the FRQ attribute stripped. Use the
|
|||
|
"NoWazooMsg" option if you don't want the request message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use the "Fast" option if you find that you almost never change the
|
|||
|
destination of the file request message anyway. If you enable this
|
|||
|
option, remember that you can always go over to the netmail area
|
|||
|
and change the file request message before it is sent.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The UseFlowFile option enables a feature which was default in
|
|||
|
2.50, but which I have been informed is problematic for modern
|
|||
|
mailers in some setups. The default is now to ONLY create/update
|
|||
|
the .REQ file and NOT also touch/create a .?LO flowfile.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FRQWAZOO <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will create WaZOO .REQ files instead of file
|
|||
|
request messages. You must define an OUTBOUNDPATH if you enable
|
|||
|
this feature.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GEDHANDSHAKE <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If this switch set to yes GoldEd displays handshake char in
|
|||
|
statusline. If you annoyed with this feature you could hide this
|
|||
|
character by setting this option to no.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GERMANKEYBOARD <yes/no> (autodetect)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This option is meanful for w32 version only. Due to right Alt key
|
|||
|
required to enter some native characters in german version of
|
|||
|
Windows it could be defined to yes for this.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GOLDBASEPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the directory where GoldED can find the Goldbase msgbase
|
|||
|
files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GOLDBASESYSPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the directory where GoldED can find the NETMAIL.DAT and
|
|||
|
ECHOMAIL.DAT files of the Goldbase msgbase. If not specified, the
|
|||
|
GOLDBASEPATH is used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GOLDBASEUSERNO <userno> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the lastread set used in the Goldbase message base.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GOLDPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is the path where GoldED finds all it's control files. It is
|
|||
|
not necessary to define this, unless you have special needs. The
|
|||
|
GOLDPATH defaults to directory where the GOLDED.CFG file was
|
|||
|
found.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GROUP <groupname>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Starts a Random System group. See the Random System chapter for
|
|||
|
details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HIGHLIGHTUNREAD <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED updates (increases) the "timesread" field in
|
|||
|
each message that you read. If set to NO, it doesn't touch the
|
|||
|
message. The YES setting causes a slight performance decrease,
|
|||
|
because the header of each message has to be read, the timesread
|
|||
|
field updated and the header written back to disk. The update
|
|||
|
happens immediately after the message is displayed, so you may not
|
|||
|
notice it at all. A message is only updated if the timesread field
|
|||
|
contains the value 0 (zero).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword only works in the following msgbase formats: Fido
|
|||
|
(*.MSG), Hudson, Goldbase, JAM, Squish, Ezycom and AdeptXBBS. In
|
|||
|
Squish and Ezycom, there is no timesread field, but I have annexed
|
|||
|
a reserved message attribute (in Squish, 0x00080000, now called
|
|||
|
MSGSEEN; in Ezycom, extattr 0x80) for the purpose of marking a
|
|||
|
message as read at least once. The other formats (PCBoard,
|
|||
|
WildCat) have no timesread field, but they have reserved fields or
|
|||
|
attributes which *could* be used. Let me know if you want this.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HUDSONPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the directory where GoldED can find the Hudson msgbase
|
|||
|
files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HUDSONSIZEWARN <size in bytes> (16000000)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When the Hudson MSGTXT.BBS file exceeds this size, GoldED starts
|
|||
|
to warn that the msgbase is getting dangerously close to the
|
|||
|
structural limit (which is 16MB for the MSGTXT.BBS file). With
|
|||
|
this keyword you can raise or lower the warning size in case you
|
|||
|
think the default is too low or too high.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HUDSONSYSPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the directory where GoldED can find the NETMAIL.BBS and
|
|||
|
ECHOMAIL.BBS files of the Hudson msgbase. If not specified, the
|
|||
|
HUDSONPATH is used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HUDSONUSERNO <userno> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the lastread set used in the Hudson message base.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IGNORECHARSET <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to yes then GoldEd ignores CHRS kludges in messages thus
|
|||
|
you will be able to switch codepage in messages with inappropriate
|
|||
|
charset.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IMPORTBEGIN <text> ("=== Cut ===")
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword, together with IMPORTEND, defines some text to add in
|
|||
|
the beginning and end of an imported text file in the internal
|
|||
|
editor. If only IMPORTBEGIN is defined, the text is also used for
|
|||
|
the IMPORTEND. The <text> may be enclosed in quotes ("") if
|
|||
|
leading or trailing spaces are needed. The quotes are stripped.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The replacement token "@file" can be used in the <text>. It will
|
|||
|
be replaced with the import filename as entered.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IMPORTBEGIN === Cut Begin: @file ===
|
|||
|
IMPORTEND === Cut End ===
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IMPORTEND <text> (same as IMPORTBEGIN)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See IMPORTBEGIN.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INBOUNDPATH <path> (defaults to GOLDPATH)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The inbound path is currently only used with the file request
|
|||
|
feature (the READfilerequest command, <Ctrl-F>). If you use this
|
|||
|
feature, GoldED will put the file descriptions into a FILES.BBS in
|
|||
|
the inbound path, ready for when the requested files are moved to
|
|||
|
the correct file areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INCLUDENODES <addressmask>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can define up to 50 different addressmasks to be included from
|
|||
|
the compiled nodelists. This is only used in conjunction with the
|
|||
|
EXCLUDENODES keyword to include otherwise EXcluded nodes. This
|
|||
|
keyword is only used by GoldNODE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INPUTFILE <filename> (*)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default name in the internal editor file import
|
|||
|
function.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can automatically uuencode and apply a base64 encoding to
|
|||
|
the files during importing them into the internal editor.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: This is a very simple implementation of encoders. It cannot
|
|||
|
split large files over several messages. The file mode number 644
|
|||
|
is hard-coded and has nothing to do with the actual file mode.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTENSECOLORS <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED is capable of switching off the "blink" color, and thereby
|
|||
|
enabling the use of bright background (paper) colors. Enable this
|
|||
|
keyword, and try out one of the intense color setup examples.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETADDRESS <internet-address>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies your Internet address. This must be the address only, no
|
|||
|
name. The INTERNETADDRESS and USERNAME will be combined to a
|
|||
|
standard "From: internetaddresss (username)" headerline when you
|
|||
|
write e-mail or articles.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USERNAME Odinn Sorensen
|
|||
|
INTERNETADDRESS odinn@ibm.net
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Produces the RFC line:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
From: odinn@ibm.net (Odinn Sorensen)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETDOMAIN <domainname> (username%domain.net)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the domain-part of outgouing Message-ID's. If you don't
|
|||
|
know your full domain, leave it as default, which should work just
|
|||
|
fine.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETGATE [gatename<,>]<address>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the local Internet gate you use when sending netmail to
|
|||
|
Internet users. This option is activated when you write an
|
|||
|
Internet address in the TO: field in the header display. GoldED
|
|||
|
detects the Internet address by looking for the '@' character. If
|
|||
|
detected, GoldED puts the gate address from INTERNETGATE in the
|
|||
|
TO: address field. If you have defined the optional gate name
|
|||
|
(typically UUCP), GoldED also replaces the typed Internet address
|
|||
|
with the gate name and puts the Internet address in a TO: line in
|
|||
|
the message body. Some gate software accepts the Internet address
|
|||
|
directly in the header, while other software may need the special
|
|||
|
(UUCP) name and a separate TO: line. Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETGATE UUCP, 1:105/42 ; Standard, with gate name
|
|||
|
INTERNETGATE 2:230/9316 ; My uplink runs GIGO software
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally in GOLDED.CFG, if you only ever
|
|||
|
use one gate, or in GROUP's for specific areas in GOLDRAND.CFG if
|
|||
|
you have multiple netmail areas and regularly use more than one
|
|||
|
gate.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: If you enable the INTERNETRFCBODY keyword, you should always
|
|||
|
use the gatename UUCP, because otherwise the gateway software may
|
|||
|
send duplicate copies (carbon copies) of your e-mails.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETLOOKUP <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to Yes, GoldED will check the systemname in the nodelist
|
|||
|
when doing a lookup and if the systemname looks like an Internet
|
|||
|
address (contains an '@' char), the msg will be addressed to that
|
|||
|
Internet address using the INTERNETGATE name/address if defined.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For example, let's say there was something like this in the
|
|||
|
nodelist:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
,999,somebody@somewhere,Whereever,Some_Body,...
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
And this in my GOLDED.CFG:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETLOOKUP Yes
|
|||
|
INTERNETGATE 2:230/9316
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Then if I did a lookup of "Some Body" and selected the entry with
|
|||
|
the Internet address, GoldED would make a msg looking like this:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
--------------------------------------
|
|||
|
From : odinn@winboss.dk 2:236/77
|
|||
|
To : somebody@somewhere 2:230/9316
|
|||
|
Subj : whatever
|
|||
|
--------------------------------------
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Or if my gate was defined as "INTERNETGATE UUCP 2:230/9316":
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
--------------------------------------
|
|||
|
From : odinn@winboss.dk 2:236/77
|
|||
|
To : UUCP 2:230/9316
|
|||
|
Subj : whatever
|
|||
|
--------------------------------------
|
|||
|
To: somebody@somewhere
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
So what's the use of all this? It allows you to make a
|
|||
|
nodelist-style list of users with Internet addresses and use it
|
|||
|
with GoldED so that you can do a lookup of normal names instead of
|
|||
|
trying to remember strange Internet addresses. Of course something
|
|||
|
similar could be done using the ADDRESSMACRO's, but with the
|
|||
|
nodelist approach, you could build a "network" of users which have
|
|||
|
offline Internet access via FTN-gate software and distribute the
|
|||
|
nodelist for automatic processing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETMSGID <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies whether the FTN MSGID kludge should contain an RFC1036
|
|||
|
compatible Message-ID or the normal FTS-9 format. Note that using
|
|||
|
the RFC1036 format in MSGID breaks the FTS-9 (version 001)
|
|||
|
specification, so please don't use this feature in FidoNet netmail
|
|||
|
or echomail. As a safeguard, GoldED will only use the RFC1036
|
|||
|
format in areas specifically marked as e-mail or newsgroups, using
|
|||
|
the SOUPEMAIL and SOUPNEWSRCFILE keywords or using the Email and
|
|||
|
News area types with the AREADEF keyword, even when INTERNETMSGID
|
|||
|
is set to YES globally.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETREPLY <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When INTERNETREPLY is enabled, GoldED always uses the FSC-35
|
|||
|
REPLYADDR/REPLYTO kludges to gate replies to msgs from Internet
|
|||
|
correctly. If disabled, GoldED only uses the FSC-35 method if the
|
|||
|
Internet address is too large to fit in the max-35-character TO:
|
|||
|
header field. Some gate software requires that the FSC-35 method
|
|||
|
is used, while other software accepts Internet addresses directly
|
|||
|
in the header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTERNETRFCBODY <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Tells GoldED whether to look for and process RFC headerlines at
|
|||
|
the top of the message body, before the first empty line. Also
|
|||
|
tells GoldED to insert its own RFC headerlines at the top of the
|
|||
|
message body instead of as kludge lines. This option should only
|
|||
|
be used when receiving Internet mail as QWK packets where the RFC
|
|||
|
headerlines are usually found at the top of the messages, or when
|
|||
|
sending Internet mail via FTN packet to a gateway running GIGO.
|
|||
|
GIGO does not recognize RFC header in kludges, but it does
|
|||
|
recognize them at the top of the messages, if it is properly
|
|||
|
configured (with lines of "Allow_Xxx:" in GIGO's HEADERS.CFG,
|
|||
|
where Xxx are the RFC headerlines the gate administrator wants to
|
|||
|
allow).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INVALIDATE <type> <"findstring"> <"replacestring">
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is used to invalidate (change) certain control strings in
|
|||
|
quoted text. Use this in conjunction with old versions of D'Bridge
|
|||
|
or other software that chokes on control strings in quoted text.
|
|||
|
As an added bonus feature, if the tearline or origin is
|
|||
|
invalidated to a null string (""), they will not be quoted at all.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <type> can be one of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Tearline Invalidate tearline ("---").
|
|||
|
Origin Invalidate origin (" * Origin: ").
|
|||
|
Seenby Invalidate SEEN-BY's.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By default, the following invalidations are used:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INVALIDATE Tearline "---" "-+-"
|
|||
|
INVALIDATE Origin " * Origin: " " + Origin: "
|
|||
|
INVALIDATE Seenby "SEEN-BY" "SEEN+BY"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you want to disable invalidation entirely, use this:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INVALIDATE Tearline "---" "---"
|
|||
|
INVALIDATE Origin " * Origin: " " * Origin: "
|
|||
|
INVALIDATE Seenby "SEEN-BY" "SEEN-BY"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The defined INVALIDATEs are also used during importing a file when
|
|||
|
editing a mail in the internal message editor.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
JAMHARDDELETE <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The default setting makes GoldED conform to the JAMAPI specs when
|
|||
|
deleting msgs in JAM msgbases. This means that deleted msgs are
|
|||
|
only marked as such in the message header, not in the index. As a
|
|||
|
result, GoldED will find and display the deleted msgs until you
|
|||
|
run a message pack utility to physically remove the deleted msgs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If JAMHARDDELETE is set to Yes, GoldED will zap the reference to
|
|||
|
the message in the index when deleting msgs. This way the deleted
|
|||
|
msgs will not show up again later. The drawback of this approach
|
|||
|
is that it is hard to undelete msgs, and may break other software
|
|||
|
which assume 100% to-the-letter conformance to the specs. Note
|
|||
|
however, that the hard-delete method is transparent to normal use
|
|||
|
of JAM msgbases. Probably the only software that might break are
|
|||
|
undelete utilities.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For the techies and programmers, the hard-delete method is simply
|
|||
|
setting both UserCRC and HdrOffset in the index to 0xFFFFFFFF
|
|||
|
instead of only the UserCRC. According to the JAMAPI specs, a
|
|||
|
value of 0xFFFFFFFF in HdrOffset means that "there is no
|
|||
|
corresponding message header". Sounds remarkably like a deleted
|
|||
|
msg, right? :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
JAMPATH <path> (defaults to the HUDSONPATH)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the path where GoldED can access the NETMAIL/ECHOMAIL.JAM
|
|||
|
files, which are used by mail processors to find and scan out mail
|
|||
|
written by users.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can handle enviroment variables correctly in paths
|
|||
|
specified in connection with this keyword. For example, if a path
|
|||
|
is defined as %MAIL%\path\name, and SET MAIL=C:\POINT is in
|
|||
|
AUTOEXEC.BAT (or whatever), then GoldED translates the path to
|
|||
|
C:\POINT\path\name.
|
|||
|
NOTE: The translation is done at config compile time, so if you
|
|||
|
change the environment variable and haven't changed anything else
|
|||
|
that would cause GoldED to recompile it's config, you must force
|
|||
|
it with the -F or -FF command parameter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KEYBCLEAR <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Tells GoldED whether or not to clear the keyboard buffer on
|
|||
|
startup. This also clears KEYBSTACK or commandline key stuffing.
|
|||
|
In older versions of GoldED, it was necessary to enable this
|
|||
|
keyword if you had renamed GOLDED.EXE to DBEDIT.EXE. This version
|
|||
|
detects the .EXE renaming and automatically enables KEYBCLEAR,
|
|||
|
regardless of the configuration setting.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KEYBDEFAULTS <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED defines a default keyboard configuration setup internally.
|
|||
|
The keys can be reconfigured in the GOLDKEYS.CFG file. By default,
|
|||
|
the internal keyboard setup is active always, redefinable with the
|
|||
|
definitions in GOLDKEYS.CFG. But in some cases it can be
|
|||
|
preferrable that the internal keyboard setup is turned off, so
|
|||
|
that only the keys in GOLDKEYS.CFG are active. If you want this,
|
|||
|
set KEYBDEFAULTS to NO.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KEYBEXT <yes/no> (detect)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will use extended bios calls to read the
|
|||
|
keyboard. With the extended keyboard, you can use keys like
|
|||
|
<Alt-Left>, <Alt-Home> and other extended keys. If you don't have
|
|||
|
an extended keyboard, don't despair - using a few neat tricks, I
|
|||
|
have made it possible to use some of the extended keys even with a
|
|||
|
non-extended keyboard.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KEYBMODE <poll/block> (poll)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If this option is set to Poll, GoldED switches its keyboard
|
|||
|
handling code from "blocking" to "polling" mode. This enables
|
|||
|
GoldED to provide a continuously running statusline clock,
|
|||
|
automatic internal editor autosave, timeout exit and screensaver.
|
|||
|
If set to Block, the timeout exit and screensaver are disabled,
|
|||
|
and the clock and autosave are dependent on key presses.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In order to minimize waste of CPU resources in keyboard polling
|
|||
|
mode, GoldED automatically detects DESQview, Windows and OS/2 and
|
|||
|
releases timeslices during the keyboard poll.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KEYBSTACK <keystring>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword, you can "stack" keys in the keyboard buffer.
|
|||
|
The KEYBSTACK can be overridden by commandline keystacking, which
|
|||
|
uses the same syntax.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <keystring> can be a mixture of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
^Char Ctrl-key (^Letter).
|
|||
|
~Char Ctrl-key (~Letter). (Use this with 4DOS!).
|
|||
|
@Key Alt-key (@Number or @Letter).
|
|||
|
Char Literal character.
|
|||
|
"String" String, enclosed in double quotes.
|
|||
|
'String' String, enclosed in single quotes.
|
|||
|
Number Keyboard scan code (decimal).
|
|||
|
! Clear keyboard buffer.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Whitespace (space and tab) is ignored, except in quoted strings.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the Macros and Keystacking chapter for more info.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KLUDGE <kludge-definition>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The definition may optionally be enclosed in quotes. A definition
|
|||
|
must be enclosed in quotes if it contains leading or trailing
|
|||
|
spaces. The KLUDGE tells GoldED which kludges it should consider
|
|||
|
as "known" in addition to the built-in known kludges.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Here are a bunch of examples, most of which are kludges generated
|
|||
|
by the GIGO Internet gateway software:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KLUDGE " " ; For wrapped kludges
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Content-Type:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Date:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "From:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "In-Reply-To:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Message-Id:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Mime-Version:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Organization:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Newsgroups:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Received:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Reply-To:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Sender:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Subject:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "To:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "Errors-To:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "X-FTN-From:"
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "ORIGREF:" ; Gated?
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "ORIGID:" ; Gated?
|
|||
|
KLUDGE "RFC-" ; Seen in NET_DEV
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The kludges defined with KLUDGE are not case-sensitive, but when
|
|||
|
GoldED looks for the kludges, it matches to the exact length. This
|
|||
|
means that for example "RFC-" will match all kludges beginning
|
|||
|
with that string.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The ASCII 1 kludge char should not be included in the definition
|
|||
|
string, but GoldED can handle it if you do.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KLUDGECHRS <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to YES, GoldED uses the "^aCHRS" kludge instead of the
|
|||
|
"^aCHARSET" kludge when appropriate.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOADLANGUAGE <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If defined, this keyword will load a language definition file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This feature can be used to load a small set of national language
|
|||
|
definitions in national areas, an english set in international
|
|||
|
areas, etc. Typically this would be used to load the definitions
|
|||
|
of the date/time strings for use in the template and the
|
|||
|
Msg/From/To/Subj strings in the header display.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the ADVANCED archive, a set of GEDLNG*.CFG files are provided,
|
|||
|
which are designed for use with LOADLANGUAGE. Please note that
|
|||
|
there is also a @loadlanguage template token. This way you can
|
|||
|
choose to load a language file from the template, or by using the
|
|||
|
Random System. The template token takes precedence over the
|
|||
|
LOADLANGUAGE in the Random System, but if both are defined, both
|
|||
|
will be loaded.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups, but
|
|||
|
it is probably not very useful when used globally.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOGFILE <file> (GOLDED.LOG)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the name of the GoldED logfile. You should not change the
|
|||
|
default.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOGFORMAT <fd,max,bink,qbbs,db> (fd)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the log format GoldED should use when writing to the
|
|||
|
logfile.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOOKUPECHO <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will use nodelist lookup when entering the TO:
|
|||
|
name in msgs in echomail areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED *won't* lookup the name if it exactly matches the current
|
|||
|
WHOTO - text. This is a feature, because a lookup of "All" is not
|
|||
|
very useful. :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOOKUPLOCAL <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will use nodelist lookup when entering the TO:
|
|||
|
name in msgs in local areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED *won't* lookup the name if it exactly matches the current
|
|||
|
WHOTO - text. This is a feature, because a lookup of "All" is not
|
|||
|
very useful. :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOOKUPNET <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will use nodelist lookup when entering the TO:
|
|||
|
name in msgs in netmail areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LOOKUPUSERBASE <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will attempt to find a matching username in the
|
|||
|
user database if a to-name with wildcards is entered in echo or
|
|||
|
local areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The userbase lookup feature is not new, but a need arose for an
|
|||
|
option to turn off the lookup. I decided to let the default be to
|
|||
|
disable the lookup. Previously the lookup was always enabled.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MAILINGLIST <echoid> <senderaddress> [contribution address]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines one or more mailing lists. When importing e-mail from a
|
|||
|
SOUP packet, GoldED will look at the Internet address in the
|
|||
|
"Sender" header and if it matches one of the MAILINGLIST's, the
|
|||
|
e-mail will be tossed to the defined area. Note that GoldED
|
|||
|
supports only participation in, not hosting of mailing lists. The
|
|||
|
contribution address is the destination Internet address for mail
|
|||
|
you write to the mailing list - the address is typically given to
|
|||
|
you when you subscribe to a list. If the contribution address is
|
|||
|
not specified, the senderaddress is assumed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MAILTOSS <echoid> <contribution-address> <pattern>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is acutally the same as MAILINGLIST in disguise with the
|
|||
|
parameters recorded and it also enables the full set of pattern
|
|||
|
matching. The <pattern> can be written exactly as if in the prompt
|
|||
|
for the advanced search feature.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any number of MAILTOSS lines can be given for a particular list,
|
|||
|
if there is for some reason no single way to identify the list.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When determining the contribution address, the first MAILTOSS
|
|||
|
(or MAILINGLIST) that matches the echoid is chosen.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MAILTOSS and MAILINGLIST can both be used at the same time and for
|
|||
|
the same lists. MAILINGLIST is always the faster, because it looks
|
|||
|
only at specific headerlines. MAILTOSS uses much more complex
|
|||
|
pattern matching and can even match based on message body content.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MAPPATH <server filespec> <local filespec>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword is used to map paths, for example if you have
|
|||
|
different drive letters on a server machine and a workstation. You
|
|||
|
might have your FidoNet mailer and mail processor setup to run
|
|||
|
with the server drive letter (C:), but run GoldED from a
|
|||
|
workstation where that drive is mapped to a different letter (J:).
|
|||
|
If you use AREAFILE's to get the area configuration for GoldED,
|
|||
|
you need to use MAPPATH to map the server drive letter to the
|
|||
|
workstation equivalent.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Another case might be that you have a setup with DOS-style paths
|
|||
|
and want to run the Linux version with the same GoldED setup. You
|
|||
|
can then use MAPPATH to map the DOS drive-based paths to Unix
|
|||
|
style paths.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MAPPATH C: J:
|
|||
|
MAPPATH C:\ /mnt/dos/c/
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: You don't have to worry about backslash/forwardslash in this
|
|||
|
case - they are always mapped automatically to the correct type
|
|||
|
for the operating system.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MEMBER <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines Random System group members. See the Random System chapter
|
|||
|
for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MENUDROPMSG <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default selection in the "Drop This Msg?" menu.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MENUMARKED <marked/current/previous/default> (default)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the position of the selection bar in the Marked/Current
|
|||
|
menu.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Marked Set selector to Marked.
|
|||
|
Current Set selector to Current.
|
|||
|
Previous Set selector to previously selection.
|
|||
|
Default Set selector to Marked if there are marked msgs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that older versions (before 2.50) used the equivalent of the
|
|||
|
"previous" setting.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MOUSE <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The mouse support in GoldED is currently not functional, so this
|
|||
|
keyword is ignored.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGLISTDATE <written/arrived/received/no> (written)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Can be used globally and in groups. This keyword specifies the
|
|||
|
default date shown in the right column in the message list. If
|
|||
|
"no" is specified, the date column is removed and the space used
|
|||
|
to widen the other columns. Personally I prefer to see the
|
|||
|
"arrived" date, which is why I implemented this feature.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The key command LISTtoggledate (Ctrl-D) toggles between them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that the "arrived" date doubles as the "processed" date for
|
|||
|
messages that are written locally and scanned out from your
|
|||
|
messagebase.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Not all messagebase formats supports all three dates. The table
|
|||
|
below shows which messagebase supports which dates:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Written Arrived Received
|
|||
|
JAM X X X
|
|||
|
*.MSG X X
|
|||
|
Squish X X
|
|||
|
Ezycom X X
|
|||
|
Hudson X
|
|||
|
Goldbase X
|
|||
|
PCBoard X
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If a date is not supported, "n/a" (for "not available") is shown
|
|||
|
instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGLISTFAST <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The message lister can operate in two ways, fast or slow. In the
|
|||
|
fast mode, only the message headers are loaded for the list
|
|||
|
information. Depending on the msgbase format and message type,
|
|||
|
some information may not be quite the same when presented in the
|
|||
|
lister because information which is gathered from kludges or other
|
|||
|
control information in the message text will be missing. Most of
|
|||
|
the time this may not be a problem, so if you want speed, chose
|
|||
|
the fast mode (default).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The slow mode loads and fully interprets the content of each
|
|||
|
message before the message list is presented. The slowness is most
|
|||
|
noticable when entering the lister and when paging up and down.
|
|||
|
You may want to use the slow mode for areas with Internet
|
|||
|
newsgroups and e-mail, where GoldED uses the "From" kludge to get
|
|||
|
the real name of the message writer.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGLISTFIRST <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED automatically starts the message lister when
|
|||
|
entering an area.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGLISTHEADER <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED shows the header of the current message when
|
|||
|
you scroll the bar up and down. This is how it worked in previous
|
|||
|
versions. If disabled, GoldED does not show the header and instead
|
|||
|
uses the screen space to show more messages. By eliminating the
|
|||
|
header display, it is also much faster at scrolling the list.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGLISTPAGEBAR <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Enables or disables a pagebar (scrollbar) in the message list.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGLISTVIEWSUBJ <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will display the full subject in the bottom
|
|||
|
border of the list window. Note that this feature slows down
|
|||
|
scrolling a bit.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGLISTWIDESUBJ <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, the Subject column is made wider by removing the To
|
|||
|
column. This is especially useful in gated Internet newsgroups,
|
|||
|
where the To name is always "All".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can toggle between wide and short subject with Ctrl-B
|
|||
|
(keycommand LISTtogglewidesubj).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NAMESFILE <file> (NAMES.FD)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED supports the "address macro" file supported by FrontDoor
|
|||
|
and Maximus. If no path is specified, the file is first searched
|
|||
|
for in the path from the "FD" environment variable and then the
|
|||
|
GOLDPATH, if the FD variable failed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The address macros are added *after* those defined with the
|
|||
|
ADDRESSMACRO keyword (if any) (see this for details on the
|
|||
|
format).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NICKNAME <your pseudo>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the nick name (pseudo) for the current USERNAME. Can be
|
|||
|
used globally and in random system groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODELIST <file> [zone/addr]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Here you define the nodelists that are used by GoldED and the
|
|||
|
companion nodelist compiler GoldNODE. The nodelists must generally
|
|||
|
be in the standard "St.Louis" nodelist format, but they can also
|
|||
|
contain FrontDoor/Version7 style Boss/Point extensions. The
|
|||
|
default zone is defined by the first ADDRESS or AKA, but can be
|
|||
|
overridden by adding the zone number or a full address after the
|
|||
|
filename. GoldED currently needs it's own special index files to
|
|||
|
use the nodelists. These index files are created by GoldNODE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<file> Nodelist file. If the extension is .999 or a
|
|||
|
wildcard (".*"), the newest file with a numeric
|
|||
|
extension is used.
|
|||
|
[zone/addr] Default zone or address for the nodelist (if no
|
|||
|
zone info is present in the list itself).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See also the USERLIST keyword, and the Nodelist Browsing chapter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: If you have nodelists with duplicate some of each others
|
|||
|
nodes, the nodelist with the newest or most correct entries should
|
|||
|
be placed LAST, and you should use the -D (remove duplicates)
|
|||
|
option with GoldNODE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODELISTWARN <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to YES, GoldED will warn you during startup if one or more
|
|||
|
nodelists are missing. Use NO to disable the warning if it bothers
|
|||
|
you or you delete/pack your nodelists when the nodelists are
|
|||
|
compiled.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: GoldED can work fine with lookups etc. without nodelists as
|
|||
|
long as it can access its own indexes (GOLDNODE.GX?). Only the
|
|||
|
extra details will be missing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is where GoldED and GoldNODE finds the nodelist files and
|
|||
|
indexes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEPATHFD <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path where GoldED can find the FrontDoor nodelist index files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEPATHIM <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path to the InterMail nodelist index files. This is actually just
|
|||
|
an alias name of the NODEPATHFD keyword, since InterMail and
|
|||
|
FrontDoor uses the same nodelist index files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEPATHV7 <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path where GoldED can find the Version 7 nodelist index files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: For the Version 7 nodelist index support, GoldED *requires*
|
|||
|
that the files SYSOP.NDX, NODEX.NDX and NODEX.DAT are present.
|
|||
|
None of these files may be missing and no other filenames are
|
|||
|
supported. Multiple sets of index files are not supported.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS <flag> <value>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Version 7 nodelist index does not by default define any
|
|||
|
nodelist flags except the CM flag. Unfortunately the V7 index does
|
|||
|
not point to the actual nodelist, it only has some bits which are
|
|||
|
marked "reserved" in the specifications. The NODEV7FLAGS keyword
|
|||
|
allows you to define the meaning of each of these bits.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <value> field can be a number or a bit number. Allowed numbers
|
|||
|
are: 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 8192 and 16384. Allowed
|
|||
|
bit numbers are: b5, b6, b7, b8, b9, b10, b11, b13 and b14.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS MO b5
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS LO b6
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS MN b7
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS NC b8
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS ZEC b9
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS REC b10
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS NEC b11
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS XA b13
|
|||
|
NODEV7FLAGS XX b14
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See also the NODEV7MODEM keyword for other nodelist flags.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The nodelist flag bits in the index files are put in by your
|
|||
|
Version 7 nodelist compiler. You must make sure that the nodelist
|
|||
|
flag definitions in your nodelist compiler setup match those in
|
|||
|
your GoldED setup.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM <type> <value>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Version 7 nodelist index does not by default define any
|
|||
|
nodelist modem type flags. Unfortunately the V7 index does not
|
|||
|
point to the actual nodelist, it only has some bits which are
|
|||
|
marked "reserved" in the specifications. The NODEV7MODEM keyword
|
|||
|
allows you to define the meaning of each of these bits.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <value> field can be a number or a bit number. Allowed numbers
|
|||
|
are: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 and 128. Allowed bit numbers are: b0,
|
|||
|
b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6 and b7.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM VFC b0
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM HST b1
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM V34T b2
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM V32B b3
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM V34 b4
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM V42B b5
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM ZYX b6
|
|||
|
NODEV7MODEM ISDN b7
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See also the NODEV7FLAGS keyword for other nodelist flags.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The modem type bits in the index files are put in by your Version
|
|||
|
7 nodelist compiler. You must make sure that the modem type
|
|||
|
definitions in your nodelist compiler setup match those in your
|
|||
|
GoldED setup.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ORGANIZATION <text>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the content of the RFC Organization header for Internet
|
|||
|
messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ORIGIN <"string">
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can define many different origins for use in GoldED. You can
|
|||
|
select one of the defined origins from the Origin selection menu
|
|||
|
(the READchangeorigin keyword), which is also available from the
|
|||
|
EDITMENU and the EDITSAVEMENU.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Leading and/or trailing spaces can be added by enclosing the
|
|||
|
origin string in quotes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: Origins defined in the Random System will always override
|
|||
|
the global origins defined with this keyword, except when they are
|
|||
|
selected from the EDITSAVEMENU.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
OUTBOUNDPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines a Binkley-style outbound path. Currently only used for
|
|||
|
WaZOO .REQ file requests (see FRQWAZOO). This should be the name
|
|||
|
of your primary outbound without extension.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
OUTPUTFILE <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is the default name of the file written using the
|
|||
|
READwritemsg command.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
OVERLAY <ems/ext/disk> (ems)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword controls where GoldED places the overlay swap blocks.
|
|||
|
GoldED (the standard DOS version) uses the Borland VROOMM dynamic
|
|||
|
overlays to decrease the resident executable code.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the DOSSWAP keyword for a warning note!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Ignored by the 386, W32 and OS/2 versions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PCBOARDPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default path where GoldED should look for the PCBoard
|
|||
|
setup files if it can't find the PCBOARD environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PCBOARDUSERNO <userno> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the lastread set used in the PCBoard message base.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PERSONALMAIL <startup,allnames>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies options regarding the personal mail scan feature. None
|
|||
|
of them are enabled by default.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the "startup" option is used, GoldED scans for personal mail
|
|||
|
while doing the startup mail scan.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the "allnames" option is used, GoldED scans for mail to all the
|
|||
|
USERNAME's instead of only the first. The default is not to scan
|
|||
|
for personal mail at startup and to scan only for the first name.
|
|||
|
This is faster.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PERSONALMAIL Startup, AllNames
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The example makes GoldED scan for personal mail to all your
|
|||
|
USERNAME's at startup.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PLAY <filename.ext/beepnoise>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the EVENT keyword for a definition of the PLAY parameters.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PRINTDEVICE <devicename> (PRN)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the name of the device used for printing. PRN is the
|
|||
|
default, but LPTx can also be used. Printers on COMx ports may
|
|||
|
also work, but this has not been tested.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Devices are opened in Write-Only text mode. The function has been
|
|||
|
successfully tested to work with two popular peer-to-peer network
|
|||
|
packages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You should NOT use a filename as devicename. Use the filename
|
|||
|
option in the Write menu instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PRINTFORMFEED <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Used when printing messages. If enabled, it prints a Form Feed
|
|||
|
(12d) character after each message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PRINTINIT <printstring>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines the command string sent to your printer to
|
|||
|
initialize it before the actual printing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <printstring> can contain items like these:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
$Hex A hexadecimal string.
|
|||
|
#Decimal A decimal (integer) number.
|
|||
|
"String" Text string, enclosed in double quotes.
|
|||
|
'String' Text string, enclosed in single quotes.
|
|||
|
Other chars Ignored.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PRINTLENGTH <lines> (60)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the number of lines per page for printing. A formfeed is
|
|||
|
printed when every time PRINTLENGTH lines have been printed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PRINTMARGIN <characters> (80)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The right margin to use in printed messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PRINTRESET <printstring>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines the command string sent to your printer to
|
|||
|
reset it after printing.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<printstring> See the PRINTINIT keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTEBLANK <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will put the QUOTESTRING on blank lines in the
|
|||
|
quote. Otherwise blank lines are left blank in quotes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTEBUFFILE <filename>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If used, it sets the default filename for the quotebuffer. If no
|
|||
|
path is specified, the GOLDPATH is used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: If this keyword is used in globally (in GOLDED.CFG), it
|
|||
|
effectively disables the automatically named quotebuffers, as
|
|||
|
described in the chapter about the QUOTEBUFMODE keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTEBUFMODE <ask/append/overwrite> (ask)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies what GoldED should do, if the quotebuffer file exists
|
|||
|
already.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Ask A menu asks you to select append/overwrite/skip.
|
|||
|
Append Always append, no asking.
|
|||
|
Overwrite Always overwrite, no asking.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The "always overwrite" mode is not very useful I guess, but it's
|
|||
|
there if you need it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The quotebuffer feature automatically creates special filenames
|
|||
|
for the buffer file, using these guidelines:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FORMAT FILENAME LOCATION
|
|||
|
Fido GOLDED.QBF In the directory with the *.MSG's.
|
|||
|
Hudson GOLDHxxx.QBF In the HUDSONPATH.
|
|||
|
Squish filename.QBF Where the Squish area is.
|
|||
|
Ezycom GLDxxxxx.QBF In the EZYCOMMSGPATH.
|
|||
|
JAM filename.QBF Where the JAM area is.
|
|||
|
Goldbase GOLDGxxx.QBF In the GOLDBASEPATH.
|
|||
|
PCBoard filename.QBF Where the PCBoard area is.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that they all have extension .QBF so that you can easily find
|
|||
|
them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTECHARS ["]<chars>["]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines up to 10 chars to recognize in addition to '>' as quote
|
|||
|
string chars. This is most useful in gated Internet newsgroups,
|
|||
|
where chars such as '|', ':' and ';' are sometimes used instead of
|
|||
|
the '>'.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group Internet:
|
|||
|
Member alt.*, comp.*, net.email
|
|||
|
Quotechars "|:;"
|
|||
|
Username odinn@winboss.dk
|
|||
|
EndGroup
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The example is similar to the one I use myself (net.email is a
|
|||
|
local netmail area where I import my gated e-mail from
|
|||
|
winboss.dk). The username is my actual Internet address.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that using additional quotechars such as '|' and ':' may
|
|||
|
cause odd results when quoting in the cases when they are actually
|
|||
|
NOT used in a message as quotechars. Consider for example quoting
|
|||
|
a smiley :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTECTRL <Tearline,Origin,yes/no>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies if you want quote tearline and/or origin in your
|
|||
|
messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used in random system groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTEMARGIN <chars> (70)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The margin to which quotes are wrapped. A negative value means
|
|||
|
that the negative value is added to the DISPMARGIN (not
|
|||
|
recommended).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTESPACING <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will automatically add blank lines before and
|
|||
|
after a block of quoted text, if none are present already. This
|
|||
|
improves the readability of some messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTESTRING <quotespec> (" FL> ")
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword you define how you want the quotestring to look
|
|||
|
in your quoted replies.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <quotespec> can contain these characters:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
F Replaced with the first letter of the first name.
|
|||
|
M Replaced with the letters of the middle names.
|
|||
|
L Replaced with the first letter of the last name.
|
|||
|
> Required quote-char.
|
|||
|
Spaces Cosmetics.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Other characters are allowed but *not* recommended.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System Groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QUOTEWRAPHARD <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword controls behaviour of quoted text (wrap or reflow).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QWKBADMSGS <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the area where messages in unknown conferences are put.
|
|||
|
If you get messages tossed here by accident, you must move them
|
|||
|
manually to the correct area. If the badmsgs area is not defined,
|
|||
|
the messages will silently disappear. Messages tossed to the
|
|||
|
badmsgs area will have the control line "AREA:<bbsid>_<confno>" at
|
|||
|
the top of the message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QWKCONFMAP <bbsid> ["]<confname>["] <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the mapping between the BBSID and conference names in the
|
|||
|
QWK packets and the echoid name of the conference as required by
|
|||
|
GoldED. You MUST define a mapping for every conference that you
|
|||
|
subscribe to. If you don't, the messages will be tossed to the
|
|||
|
area defined by QWKBADMSGS or disappear. The <bbsid> is the name
|
|||
|
listed on line 5 in CONTROL.DAT after the comma. The <confname> is
|
|||
|
the conference names listed on line 13 and on alternate lines
|
|||
|
onwards in CONTROL.DAT. If a conference name contains embedded
|
|||
|
spaces, the <confname> must be enclosed in double quotes, like
|
|||
|
this: "Main Board". The area <echoid> must be already defined
|
|||
|
either in an AREAFILE or using the AREADEF or AREA keywords.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QWKEXPORTPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path where outgoing QWK reply files (BBSID.MSG) can be placed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QWKIMPORTPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path where incoming QWK packet files (CONTROL.DAT and
|
|||
|
MESSAGES.DAT) can be found.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QWKOPTIONS <bbsid> <options>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <bbsid> is the BBSID (same as the name of the QWK packet) for
|
|||
|
which the options will be active. The <options> can be any or a
|
|||
|
combination of the following, separated by commas or spaces:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
KLUDGES/NOKLUDGES: Defaults to NOKLUDGES. Specifies whether or not
|
|||
|
to include the FidoNet-style kludges at the top of messages when
|
|||
|
exporting to QWK. NOTE: Unless you enable this option, GoldED will
|
|||
|
*not* include kludges in your QWK packets. You should check if the
|
|||
|
BBS supports kludges in QWK packets. If it does, please enable
|
|||
|
this option.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MIXCASE/NOMIXCASE: Defaults to NOMIXCASE. Specifies whether or not
|
|||
|
the BBS allows mixed upper/lower case in the QWK message headers.
|
|||
|
The default is to uppercase the TO and FROM header fields when
|
|||
|
exporting to QWK packets.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RECEIPT/NORECEIPT: Defaults to NORECEIPT. Specifies whether or not
|
|||
|
the BBS supports return receipt requests (RRQ). If the RECEIPT
|
|||
|
option is enabled, GoldED will insert "RRR" at the front of the
|
|||
|
subject field if the RRQ attribute is set on your messages, when
|
|||
|
exporting to QWK packets.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QWKREPLYLINKER <cmd>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Commandline for a replylinker program to call after QWK import.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QWKTOSSLOG <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name of a file where GoldED puts the echoids of each area where
|
|||
|
articles have been imported. The tosslog file is intended to be
|
|||
|
used with a replylinker. If no path is given, it defaults to the
|
|||
|
GOLDPATH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RA2USERSBBS <yes/no> (detect)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED supports the two different formats of the Hudson USERS.BBS
|
|||
|
file. With this keyword you can tell GoldED which format to use.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to YES, the RA2 format is used. Otherwise if the it is set
|
|||
|
to NO, the Hudson format is used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If this keyword is NOT used, GoldED tries to detect the format by
|
|||
|
looking at the size of the USERS.BBS file and comparing this to
|
|||
|
the record sizes of the RA2 and Hudson formats.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the size matches one and not the other, the format is detected
|
|||
|
to be of the matching type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the size matches both (which is quite normal), GoldED looks for
|
|||
|
the RA environment variable and if found, in the RA config files
|
|||
|
for the RA version.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the size does not match either of them (indicating a possibly
|
|||
|
damaged userfile), GoldED exits with an error message and writes
|
|||
|
in the log with details of the problem and an advise to run a
|
|||
|
userbase packing utility.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If used, this keyword should be placed in the configuration file
|
|||
|
_after_ any AREAFILE keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RCVDISABLESCFM <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If this keyword defined to "no" then GoldEd will recognize RRq
|
|||
|
(receipt request) and/or CFM (confirmation) flag on messages with
|
|||
|
RCV (received) flag set. After that RRq and CFM flags will be
|
|||
|
resetted. It is useful if your netmail tracker sets RCV flag
|
|||
|
before you actually read messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
REGISTERKEY
|
|||
|
REGISTERNAME
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These keywords do nothing and won't do anything in the future.
|
|||
|
They were used when GoldED was a Shareware product.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
REM
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword ignores everything behind it. This is useful to
|
|||
|
comment a single line out.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
REPLYLINK <chain/direct>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defaults to "direct" for JAM and "chain" for everything else.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to "direct", GoldED will link your reply directly to the
|
|||
|
original message. If set to "chain", it will link to the last
|
|||
|
message in the reply chain. The default ("chain") is how GoldED
|
|||
|
has done it in all previous versions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The advantage of the "direct" linking method is that you can
|
|||
|
easily find the the original message the reply was for. Unless of
|
|||
|
course you have later re-linked using a chain-linking replylinker
|
|||
|
utility. I can recommend the utility SQLINK by Serge Terekhov.
|
|||
|
SQLINK links Squish areas using the MSGID/REPLY kludges and makes
|
|||
|
direct links instead of chain-linking on the subject line like
|
|||
|
most other replylinkers do. There are probably also similar
|
|||
|
replylinkers for other msgbase formats, I just don't know them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
REPLYLINKLIST <fast/full> (fast)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When there is more than one reply to a msg in a JAM or Squish
|
|||
|
area, GoldED pops up a list of the replies. This keyword affects
|
|||
|
the contents of the list.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the "fast" mode, the list data is based solely on what can be
|
|||
|
found by reading the message header, which is quite fast.
|
|||
|
Unfortunately some software does not (or cannot) fill the header
|
|||
|
with the correct origination address. In that case, set this
|
|||
|
keyword to "full", which makes GoldED read and scan each message
|
|||
|
for control data to get the origination address. That can be very
|
|||
|
slow.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ROBOTNAME <name>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A "robot" is a program on the Boss or Uplink system which responds
|
|||
|
automatically to netmail messages. Usually the robot links or
|
|||
|
unlinks echomail areas or distributed files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following ROBOTNAME's are defined by default:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AreaFix, AreaMgr, FileFix, AreaLink, AllFix, Raid, GEcho.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you write a netmail message where the TO: name is one of the
|
|||
|
robot names, GoldED will ignore any template definition, and give
|
|||
|
you a blank msg (possibly with a tearline) to edit.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENBLANKER <seconds> [BLACK] (180)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If non-zero, GoldED will blank the screen after the defined number
|
|||
|
of seconds, and put a small moving window up instead. Hitting any
|
|||
|
key (including shiftkeys) will return the screen to normal. If
|
|||
|
zero, no blanking is done.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If the additional parameter "BLACK" is given, GoldED will switch
|
|||
|
the screen completely black instead of showing its own animated
|
|||
|
screenblanker. This is useful if you have a monitor with
|
|||
|
powersaving-features.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENBLANKER 300 BLACK
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: This feature only works if KEYBMODE is set to "poll".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENMAXCOL <columns> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
On some systems, GoldED may no detect the correct display size.
|
|||
|
With this keyword you can force a specific size. If zero,
|
|||
|
autodetect is used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENMAXROW <rows> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
On some systems, GoldED may not detect the correct display size.
|
|||
|
With this keyword you can force a specific size. If zero,
|
|||
|
autodetect is used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE <reg> <value> OR <reg> (red green blue)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can change the color palette used in GoldED. The palette has
|
|||
|
16 color registers, corresponding to the 16 colors from black (0)
|
|||
|
to intense white (15). By changing the values in the palette
|
|||
|
registers, it is possible to make any of the 16 colors a
|
|||
|
completely different color. You can even make the background
|
|||
|
colors intense, without using the intense color feature. There are
|
|||
|
64 different colors to chose from.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
To configure the palette colors in GoldED, the SCREENPALETTE
|
|||
|
keyword is used. There are two different syntaxes:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE <reg> <value>
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE <reg> (red green blue)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
So you can either compose the color value using separate red,
|
|||
|
green, blue components, or directly use a precalculated value. The
|
|||
|
red/green/blue values can only be in the range 0-3.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These are the original palette values:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 0 (0 0 0)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 1 (0 0 2)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 2 (0 2 0)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 3 (0 2 2)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 4 (2 0 0)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 5 (2 0 2)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 6 (2 2 0)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 7 (2 2 2)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 8 (1 1 1)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 9 (1 1 3)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 10 (1 3 1)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 11 (1 3 3)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 12 (3 1 1)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 13 (3 1 3)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 14 (3 3 0)
|
|||
|
SCREENPALETTE 15 (3 3 3)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Copy these lines into your GOLDED.CFG and start experimenting! :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you have written a program to edit the palette and write a
|
|||
|
GoldED palette setup file, please don't keep it a secret! :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENSHADOWS <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, all relevant windows and menus in GoldED will have
|
|||
|
shadows.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENSIZE <mode> (Auto)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use this to force GoldED to use either 25 lines, 43/50 lines on
|
|||
|
EGA/VGA, or even special videomodes supported by your SuperVGA
|
|||
|
adapter (modes like 132x44, 100x40 or 80x60).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <mode> can be one of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Auto Use detected size.
|
|||
|
25 Switch to 25 lines.
|
|||
|
28 Switch to 28 lines.
|
|||
|
4350 Switch to 43/50 lines.
|
|||
|
Mode <NN> Switch to videomode NN (a hexadecimal value).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Please check your video adapter manual carefully before trying out
|
|||
|
the Mode option. SELECTING A WRONG MODE CAN DAMAGE YOUR MONITOR!!!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Mode option is ignored in the W32 and OS/2 version.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SCREENUSEBIOS <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will use standard BIOS calls for screen
|
|||
|
updates. This is VERY slow, and should only be used if really
|
|||
|
needed. Normally GoldED uses direct screen writes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This feature is only interpreted in the DOS version.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SEARCHFOR ["]<string|string|..>["]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines a set of search strings, separated by the '|' character.
|
|||
|
The search set defined here is the default when using the Alt-F/Z
|
|||
|
search functions or the marking system.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The '|' character works like an OR operator. That is, the search
|
|||
|
is successful if one OR more of the strings are matched. The '&'
|
|||
|
character is used as the logical AND operator.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Please refer to appropriate section in user's guide for more
|
|||
|
information.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Older versions used the ';' semicolon character as a separator,
|
|||
|
but that conflicts with the config reader which treats the
|
|||
|
semicolon in a special way. The semicolon is still accepted as
|
|||
|
separator char like '|', but if semicolons are used, you MUST
|
|||
|
enclose the search strings with quotes or the config reader will
|
|||
|
treat the first semicolon as the start of a comment.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Examples:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SEARCHFOR string1
|
|||
|
SEARCHFOR string1|string2|stringx
|
|||
|
SEARCHFOR "string1;string2;stringx"
|
|||
|
SEARCHFOR "string 1"|string2&stringx
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in Random System groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SEMAPHORE <type> <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines "semaphore" files, for use with other mailer
|
|||
|
and/or mail processing software.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <type> can be one of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NETSCAN Empty netmail scan file (for D'Bridge/FD).
|
|||
|
ECHOSCAN Empty echomail scan file (for D'Bridge).
|
|||
|
EXPORTLIST Echoid-list of your new messages.
|
|||
|
IMPORTLIST Echoid-list of new imported messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The semaphore files are placed in the AREAPATH, if no path is
|
|||
|
specified.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the example .CFG files for typical semaphore filenames.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: You should not set SEMAPHORE EXPORTLIST to
|
|||
|
%JAMPATH%\ECHOMAIL.JAM. This is incorrect and probably may cause
|
|||
|
your mail processor to malfunction. Use the JAMPATH keyword
|
|||
|
instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can handle enviroment variables correctly in paths
|
|||
|
specified in connection with this keyword. For example, if a path
|
|||
|
is defined as %MAIL%\path\name, and SET MAIL=C:\POINT is in
|
|||
|
AUTOEXEC.BAT (or whatever), then GoldED translates the path to
|
|||
|
C:\POINT\path\name.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: The translation is done at config compile time, so if you
|
|||
|
change the environment variable and haven't changed anything else
|
|||
|
that would cause GoldED to recompile it's config, you must force
|
|||
|
it with the -F or -FF command parameter.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition, GoldED itself can watch for some semaphore files and
|
|||
|
execute the appropiate function if it is in the arealist screen.
|
|||
|
This can be useful if you have a multitasking system and you want
|
|||
|
to "tell" GoldED that there is new mail in some areas and GoldED
|
|||
|
should update its display correctly.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In detail, there are
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EXITNOW <file> Quit immediately.
|
|||
|
SCANALL <file> Scan all areas
|
|||
|
SCANNETMAIL <file> Scan all netmail areas
|
|||
|
SCANTHIS <file> Scan the areas listed in the file
|
|||
|
PMSCANALL <file> PM-scan all areas
|
|||
|
PMSCANNETMAIL <file> PM-scan all netmail areas
|
|||
|
PMSCANTHIS <file> PM-scan the areas listed in the file
|
|||
|
QWKIMPORT <file> Import QWK packets
|
|||
|
QWKEXPORT <file> Export to QWK
|
|||
|
SOUPIMPORT <file> Import SOUP packets
|
|||
|
SOUPEXPORT <file> Export to SOUP
|
|||
|
IDLETIME <seconds> Number of seconds between checks
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If SEMAPHORE IDLETIME is defined and non-zero, then GoldED will
|
|||
|
check this list of semaphore files when the user has not pressed a
|
|||
|
key in the specified number of seconds. The semaphores are only
|
|||
|
checked when the arealist screen is active. If a semaphore file is
|
|||
|
found, the file is deleted and then the action is performed. If no
|
|||
|
path is given for the files, the GOLDPATH is assumed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SEMAPHORE SCANALL SCANALL.NOW
|
|||
|
SEMAPHORE IDLETIME 30
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This causes GoldED to check every 30 seconds for the SCANALL.NOW
|
|||
|
file in the GOLDPATH, and scan all areas if it's found.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SERIALNO
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Everything mentioned above about REGISTERKEY and REGISTERNAME
|
|||
|
applied to this keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SHAREMODE <yes/no/mode#> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED opens all files in a SHARE.EXE compatible mode.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The default share-mode is "Share Deny None", but another may be
|
|||
|
specified directly if you give the mode number as the keyword
|
|||
|
parameter (decimal).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It is normally not necessary to change the default.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUNDPATH <path> (defaults to the GOLDPATH)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Tells GoldED where to find the sound files for the PLAY and EVENT
|
|||
|
keywords.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPBADMSGS <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the area where "bad messages" from SOUP packets can be
|
|||
|
tossed. It should be an echomail or newsgroup area.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPEMAIL <echoid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the area where Internet e-mails can be tossed. It must
|
|||
|
be a netmail or e-mail area.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPEXPORTMARGIN <margin> (76)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is the margin that GoldED will hard-wrap to when exporting to
|
|||
|
SOUP packets. If you're getting complaints that your lines are too
|
|||
|
long, you may want to set this to 70 or 60.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: You should NOT enable EDITHARDTERM in email and newsgroups
|
|||
|
that are exported to SOUP. If you do, your messages will probably
|
|||
|
be exported with short line "droppings" after the wrapping margin.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPEXPORTPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path where outgoing SOUP reply packet files (REPLIES and
|
|||
|
GOLD*.MSG) can be placed.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPIMPORTPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Path where the incoming SOUP packet files (AREAS and *.MSG) can be
|
|||
|
found.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPNEWSRCFILE <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name with full path of the NEWSRC file which lists the newsgroups
|
|||
|
you are connected to. GoldED uses the list to mark the matching
|
|||
|
areas as newsgroups. These will then be scanned for outgoing mail
|
|||
|
when starting a SOUP export.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPREPLYLINKER <cmd>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Commandline for a replylinker program to call after SOUP import.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPREPLYTO <internet-address>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Internet-Address other users should use when they respond to your
|
|||
|
mails (Reply-To Headerline).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOUPTOSSLOG <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name of a file where GoldED puts the echoids (newsgroup names) of
|
|||
|
each area where articles have been imported. The tosslog file is
|
|||
|
intended to be used with a replylinker. If no path is given, it
|
|||
|
defaults to the GOLDPATH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SQUISHDIRECT <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, then in Squish areas, if the DIR (direct) attribute is
|
|||
|
set on a message, GoldED will automatically set both the CRA
|
|||
|
(crash) and HLD (hold) attributes when saving the message.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
According to the Squish Developers Kit, this is the way to tell
|
|||
|
SquishMail that a message should be routed direct, because
|
|||
|
SquishMail does not recognize the FLAGS kludge where the DIR
|
|||
|
attribute is normally found. This keyword should probably only be
|
|||
|
used with SquishMail (the mail processor) and then only when used
|
|||
|
with Binkley or other so-called "static" mailers. DON'T use it
|
|||
|
with FrontDoor!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SQUISHSCAN <api/quick> (quick)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specfies whether to use a quick scanning method which only looks
|
|||
|
in the .SQI files. This will normally work fine, but may fail
|
|||
|
slightly in obscure cases, especially when used with Squish 1.0x
|
|||
|
or programs using the old version of the MSGAPI. If you suspect
|
|||
|
problems, try to set this keyword to "api", which tells GoldED to
|
|||
|
look in the .SQD file for an exact count of active msgs in the
|
|||
|
.SQI file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: GoldED does NOT use the original MSGAPI by Scott Dudley.
|
|||
|
Since version 2.50, a completely rewritten implementation is used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SQUISHUSERNO <index> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This sets the lastread index number for the Squish *.SQL lastread
|
|||
|
files. Lowest number is 0 (zero), highest is (in theory) 65534.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If used, this disables the use of USER.BBS to find the index
|
|||
|
number, and will in effect also stop GoldED from creating USER.BBS
|
|||
|
or any new entries in it (useful in a single-user point system).
|
|||
|
If a Squish msgbase is shared between several users, and you don't
|
|||
|
want to have a USER.BBS (recommended in such a case), each user
|
|||
|
must have a unique SQUISHUSERNO in their GOLDED/GOLDAREA.CFG.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SQUISHUSERPATH <path>[file]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines the path where GoldED can find and use/create
|
|||
|
your USER.BBS file, which is used in connection with the Squish
|
|||
|
area lastreads. You can also specify the exact filename if not
|
|||
|
USER.BBS.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If this path or filename is not defined, GoldED will instead take
|
|||
|
the one specified with AREAFILE Squish or AREAFILE Maximus
|
|||
|
(whichever comes first), or failing that, use the MAXIMUS or
|
|||
|
SQUISH environment variables. If even that fails, the AREAPATH or
|
|||
|
GOLDPATH is used. If AREAFILE Maximus is used, GoldED gets the
|
|||
|
filename from MAX.PRM.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
STATUSLINECLOCK <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will display a clock in HH:MM:SS format in the
|
|||
|
right side of the statusline.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can redefine the clock format with the language keyword
|
|||
|
ST_STATUSLINETIMEFMT in GOLDLANG.CFG. See the Language Definition
|
|||
|
chapter to details about the date/time codes you can use.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: The clock will only run continuously if KEYBMODE is set to
|
|||
|
"poll".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
STATUSLINEHELP <yes/no/nologo> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to YES, GoldED will replace the "logo" in the left side of
|
|||
|
the statusline with a text saying "F1 Help". This is for use in
|
|||
|
"point package" setups where the user may be a complete novice,
|
|||
|
maybe even to computers, and who needs to be guided to the help
|
|||
|
screens. The "F1 Help" text is configurable with the
|
|||
|
ST_STATUSLINEHELP language keyword (put it in GOLDLANG.CFG).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to NO, GoldED will display it's logo (name and version) in
|
|||
|
the left side of the statusline.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to NOLOGO, GoldED will not display anything in the left
|
|||
|
side. The middle part is extended to fill the space on the left
|
|||
|
side.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
STYLECODES <yes/hide/no> (hide)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled (yes or hide), GoldED will highlight text surrounded by
|
|||
|
one of the following characters in a different color: '*' for bold
|
|||
|
text, '/' for italic text, '_' for underlined text and '#' for
|
|||
|
reversed text. These are commonly used "stylecodes" which add
|
|||
|
emphasis to the text, without making it harder to read. Examples:
|
|||
|
*This* will be shown in bold color, /this/ in italic color and
|
|||
|
_this_ in underlined color. It is also possible to combine styles,
|
|||
|
such as */this/*, in bolditalic color.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The differ in yes and hide is that hide strips surrounding
|
|||
|
stylecodes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
To define the highlight colors, use COLOR STYLECODE. See the color
|
|||
|
chapter for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
STYLECODEPUNCT <"charlist"> (" !\"$%&()+,.:;<=>@[\]^`{|}~")
|
|||
|
STYLECODESTOPS <"charlist"> ("")
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The STYLECODEPUNCT keyword specifies all the characters that
|
|||
|
punctuates words. The stylecode line parser scans forward until it
|
|||
|
meets one of these characters and then looks back to see if it
|
|||
|
found a word with stylecodes around it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The STYLECODESTOPS keyword specifies characters which, if found
|
|||
|
within the word to be highlighted, causes the highlight to be
|
|||
|
cancelled.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
These keywords were added to allow users to experiment with the
|
|||
|
characters for punctuation and stop for stylecode sequences. This
|
|||
|
is mostly to illustrate the point that it is almost impossible to
|
|||
|
make stylecodes work in every case you want without getting a lot
|
|||
|
of false highlights too. Please keep in mind that stylecodes are,
|
|||
|
and always will be, a primitive and very error-prone method for
|
|||
|
adding highlights to message text. The defaults are:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
STYLECODEPUNCT " !\"$%&()+,.:;<=>@[\]^`{|}~"
|
|||
|
STYLECODESTOPS ""
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that the double-quote (") must have the backslash (\) in
|
|||
|
front of it - the sequence (\") is translated to a single (").
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SWAPPATH <path> (defaults to TEMPPATH)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines where the swap file will be placed in case of disk
|
|||
|
swapping in DOS shells. It is recommended that this points to a
|
|||
|
RAM disk, if available. GoldED needs 3-500k free disk space for
|
|||
|
the swapfile, depending on the overlay buffer size specified with
|
|||
|
the -O commandline switch.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword is only interpreted by the DOS platform version.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TAGLINE <string or filename>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines one or more taglines. A tagline collection filename can be
|
|||
|
specified if prepended with an '@' character, like this: TAGLINE
|
|||
|
@TAGLINE.LST. If a tagline collection file is used, GoldED will
|
|||
|
create an index file for it the first time it is used or any time
|
|||
|
the file is edited. The index file has the same name, but
|
|||
|
extension ".SDX". The index file is an array of 32-bit long
|
|||
|
integers, containing the offset of each line in the tagline
|
|||
|
collection file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Taglines defined in the Random System *always* overrides the
|
|||
|
default global taglines defined with this keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TAGLINECHAR <char> ('.')
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the character GoldED uses when putting a tagline in your
|
|||
|
message. The default is '.'. You should not change this default.
|
|||
|
GoldED itself only recognizes taglines with '.' or '_'
|
|||
|
(underscore).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TAGLINESUPPORT <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Allows you to turn off the internal tagline support, in case it
|
|||
|
turns out to be too buggy or if you want to use one of the many
|
|||
|
good external tagline utilties out there instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TASKTITLE <string> (@longpid)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Sets window title in Win32 and OS/2 versions, ignored in other.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TEARLINE <string> (@longpid @version)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Here you can define your default tearline. The tearline can be up
|
|||
|
to 76 chars long (excluding the leading "--- "), but beware that
|
|||
|
policies (such as FidoNet ECHOPOL1) may set a significantly lower
|
|||
|
limit (around 30).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Tearlines defined in the Random System *always* overrides the
|
|||
|
default tearline defined with this keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If your tearline does not contain at least the string "GoldED" or
|
|||
|
"GED", GoldED will automatically insert it's PID kludge. See also
|
|||
|
description of USEPID keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE <file> ["desc"] [match-address] (GOLDED.TPL)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can define many different template files. The templates can be
|
|||
|
switched using the READchangetemplate (Ctrl-T) popup menu or the
|
|||
|
EDITMENU.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The optional "desc" can be used to give the templates more
|
|||
|
meaningful names like "International template" instead of
|
|||
|
non-obvious names like "GOLDED.TPL". If a description is used, it
|
|||
|
must appear before the match-address. It must always be enclosed
|
|||
|
in quotes, even if it is only one word.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The match-address is an address mask (wildcards allowed) which can
|
|||
|
be used to tell GoldED to select that template if the destination
|
|||
|
address on a message you write matches the match-address. The
|
|||
|
matching will only take place if the TEMPLATEMATCH keyword has
|
|||
|
been enabled.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group. In
|
|||
|
Random System groups, only the <file> parameter can be used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Templates defined in Random System groups always override the
|
|||
|
globally defined templates, except when selected from the EDITMENU
|
|||
|
or when automatic template matching is in effect.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
To override the automatic template matching, start by selecting a
|
|||
|
template manually using the READchangetemplate (Ctrl-T) command or
|
|||
|
the EDITMENU.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Currently only one match-address per template can be specified,
|
|||
|
but you can specify several TEMPLATE keywords for the same file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Use DANSK.TPL for messages to Danish nodes/points.
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE DANSK.TPL "Danish" 2:23/*
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE DANSK.TPL "Danish" 2:234/*
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE DANSK.TPL "Danish" 2:235/*
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE DANSK.TPL "Danish" 2:236/*
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE DANSK.TPL "Danish" 2:237/*
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE DANSK.TPL "Danish" 2:238/*
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Use INTERNET.TPL for messages to the WinBoss gateway
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE INTERNET.TPL "Internet" 2:230/9316
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
// Use ENGLISH.TPL for messages to everywhere else
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE ENGLISH.TPL "English" *
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TEMPLATEMATCH <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will select a template which matches the
|
|||
|
destination address on messages that you write. This keyword can
|
|||
|
be used globally or in random system groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TEMPLATEPATH <path> (defaults to the GOLDPATH)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the default path for msg templates. Use this if you want
|
|||
|
to place templates in a path separate from the GOLDPATH.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TEMPPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the directory where temporary files are placed by GoldED
|
|||
|
and GoldNODE.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This path should *NOT* point to a RAM disk or other volatile
|
|||
|
media!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldNODE uses this path to store a temporary file which can become
|
|||
|
as large as the largest index file (GOLDNODE.GXN), so again, don't
|
|||
|
point it to a small RAM disk. If GoldNODE cannot find a TEMPPATH,
|
|||
|
it will use the NODEPATH instead.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TIMEOUT <seconds> (0)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Similar to the screen blanking (SCREENBLANKER) feature, GoldED can
|
|||
|
auto-exit after a specified period of time. Useful if you are in a
|
|||
|
hurry (or didn't get enough sleep last night ;-), and run GoldED
|
|||
|
from your mailer shell. The timeout value can be overridden with
|
|||
|
the -T commandline option.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: This feature only works if KEYBMODE is set to "poll".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TIMEOUTSAVEMSG <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to YES, GoldED behaves as usual: It saves the (perhaps
|
|||
|
partially written) msg text in the internal editor to the msgbase
|
|||
|
and exits. If set to NO, GoldED will save the msg text in
|
|||
|
GOLDED.MSG just as if EDITAUTOSAVE function was in use and the
|
|||
|
power went out. Next time you started GoldED and entered a msg, it
|
|||
|
would detect the "lost" msg and ask you if it should be continued.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
+TITLESTATUS <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled then brief status will be added to title. (Win32 and
|
|||
|
OS/2 versions only)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TWITMODE <mode> (Blank)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In GoldED you can define several "Twit" names, addresses or
|
|||
|
subjects. With this keyword you can specify the action taken when
|
|||
|
a Twit message is encountered.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <mode> can be one of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Show Show twit messages.
|
|||
|
Blank Blank twit messages.
|
|||
|
Skip Skip twit messages, unless to your USERNAME's.
|
|||
|
Ignore Skip twit messages, always.
|
|||
|
Kill Deletes twit messages, *without* confirmation!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TWITNAME <name/address>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword, you can specify "Twit" names and/or addresses.
|
|||
|
When a Twit name/address is detected, the TWITMODE setting will
|
|||
|
determine the action taken.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TWITSUBJ <"string">
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With this keyword, you can specify "Twit" subjects. When a Twit
|
|||
|
subject is detected, the TWITMODE setting will determine the
|
|||
|
action taken. The subject string is searched in the entire subject
|
|||
|
text, so you can specify a partial twit subject. Twit subjects are
|
|||
|
limited to maximum 35 characters.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TWITTO <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED will check both from- and to-names when
|
|||
|
checking for twitnames. By default only the from-names are
|
|||
|
checked.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is a global keyword and won't work as intended if used in a
|
|||
|
random system group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USECHARSET <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If set to no then GoldEd will not generate @CHRS and @CHARSET
|
|||
|
kludges.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USEFLAGS <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED inserts the FLAGS kludge for certain extended
|
|||
|
attributes, as defined in FSC-0053 by Joaquim H. Homrighausen, and
|
|||
|
supported by FrontDoor, D'Bridge, IMail and other modern software.
|
|||
|
GoldED uses FLAGS to emulate the Hold and Freq attributes which
|
|||
|
are not defined in the Hudson message format.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USEFWD <yes/no/ask> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, GoldED inserts the FSC-0092 kludges introduced by the
|
|||
|
author of FleetStreet, Michael Hohner. These are
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FWDFROM The original From-Name
|
|||
|
FWDORIG The original From-Aka
|
|||
|
FWDTO The original TO-Field
|
|||
|
FWDDEST The original TO-aka (only in netmails)
|
|||
|
FWDSUBJ The original subject
|
|||
|
FWDAREA The original areatag
|
|||
|
FWDMSGID The original MSGID (useful for reply-linking)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When forwarding, GoldED now adds these kludges, unless the
|
|||
|
original message already contains them, in which case they are
|
|||
|
preserved. When doing a normal reply (Alt-Q or Alt-R) to a message
|
|||
|
with the FWD kludges, GoldED replies to the forwarder. To reply to
|
|||
|
the from-name in the forwarded message, use the comment-reply
|
|||
|
function (Alt-G). If the message contains the FWDAREA kludge, you
|
|||
|
can reply to the forwarder in the original area (Alt-N) or reply
|
|||
|
to the from-name in the original area (Alt-B). Note that it is not
|
|||
|
possible to reply to the to-name of a message with the FWD
|
|||
|
kludges, and it is also not possible to reply to the to-name of
|
|||
|
the forwarded message (the FWDTO name).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USEINTL <type> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The INTL kludge is normally only inserted in netmail messages, if
|
|||
|
the origination zone is different from the destination zone (the
|
|||
|
"Auto" setting), but on systems with many AKA's in the mailer, it
|
|||
|
might be useful/necessary to add it ALWAYS (the "Yes" setting).
|
|||
|
The "No" option should never be used.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <type> can be one of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Auto Only insert in inter-zone netmail.
|
|||
|
Yes Always insert. Recommended and default.
|
|||
|
No Never insert.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USEMSGID <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, the MSGID kludge is inserted in netmail and echomail,
|
|||
|
and the REPLY kludge is inserted when replying to a msg with a
|
|||
|
MSGID.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The MSGID kludge is defined in FidoNet document FTS-9.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USEPID <yes/no> (no if GoldEd mentioned in tearline, yes otherwise)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If disabled then @PID kludge will not be used in your messages
|
|||
|
regardless of tearline contents.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USERLIST <file> [zone/addr]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In addition to normal nodelist support, GoldED also supports the
|
|||
|
"FIDOUSER.LST" style userlist format. The default zone is defined
|
|||
|
by the first ADDRESS or AKA, but can be overridden by adding the
|
|||
|
zone number or a full address after the filename.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<file> Userlist file in FIDOUSER.LST format.
|
|||
|
[zone/addr] Default address for the userlist (if no zone info
|
|||
|
is present).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USERLISTFILE <file> (GOLDED.LST)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED can generate a list of all users in the current area. This
|
|||
|
keyword defines the default name of the FIDOUSER.LST style
|
|||
|
userlist output file generated with the READmakeuserlist command.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USERNAME <name>[[,]< >address]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can define many different names/aliases. When GoldED finds an
|
|||
|
un-received message to one of your USERNAME's, it is marked as
|
|||
|
received. Useful if you use alias names in some conferences. It is
|
|||
|
possible to change the current name using the READchangeusername
|
|||
|
popup menu.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For msgbase formats with an associated user database, GoldED uses
|
|||
|
the *first* defined USERNAME to look in the user database for
|
|||
|
which lastread record to use. If your name is not found, it is
|
|||
|
added and a new lastread record created.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USERNAME Odinn Sorensen, 2:236/77.999
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
USETZUTC <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Activates usage of TZUTC kludge in your messages. You should
|
|||
|
properly setup timezone information in your OS. For example,
|
|||
|
in DOS you should set environment variable TZ to something
|
|||
|
like this:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TZ=MSK-3MSD,M3.5.0/02:00,M10.5.0/03:00
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This line valid for Moscow, Russia.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This option could be used in random system groups.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
UUDECODEPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the path where files are placed when using the uudecode
|
|||
|
feature. Files are placed in current directory if a path is not
|
|||
|
specified.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The specified path *must* exist !
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
VIEWHIDDEN <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Hidden lines are "unknown" kludge lines. If enabled, hidden lines
|
|||
|
will be displayed (in a different color) when reading msgs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A hidden line is defined as a line which has the FidoNet kludge
|
|||
|
char (^a, ASCII 1) as the first char and is not on the list of
|
|||
|
internally or user defined known kludges.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IMPORTANT NOTE:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In some conferences the hidden lines are used to give witty
|
|||
|
comment "between the lines" in the plain text, but generally it is
|
|||
|
considered a bad practice and should be avoided because it may
|
|||
|
cause severe technical problems if a witty comment in a hidden
|
|||
|
line happens to match a (perhaps experimentally) defined kludge
|
|||
|
somewhere. It should also be noted that hidden lines are not kept
|
|||
|
in their original places when used in the JAM msgbase. This is due
|
|||
|
to the way the JAM specification stores FidoNet kludges.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
VIEWKLUDGE <yes/no> (no)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If enabled, known kludge lines will be displayed (in a different
|
|||
|
color) when reading msgs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Known kludges are those defined internally in GoldED plus those
|
|||
|
defined with the KLUDGE keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
VIEWQUOTE <yes/no> (yes)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is an experimental feature. It is similar to the VIEWHIDDEN
|
|||
|
and VIEWKLUDGE keywords, but for quoted text. I implemented it
|
|||
|
because I was annoyed with the excessive quoting often seen in
|
|||
|
Internet newsgroups. When this keyword is set to NO, GoldED
|
|||
|
attempts to trim down the quotes so that only the first line of
|
|||
|
each quote block is shown. It is not always successful, sometimes
|
|||
|
the result is not so useful.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A key command has been added to supplement this feature:
|
|||
|
READtogglequote. Suggested key assignment: Ctrl-V. Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
^V READtogglequote
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Try it out if you are annoyed with excessive quotes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WHOTO <name>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This name is inserted in the TO: name field, when entering new
|
|||
|
messages (not replies) in echomail or local areas.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WILDCATUSERNO <userno>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the lastread set used in the WildCat! 4.x message base.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XLATCHARSET <importid> <exportid> <file>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines character set translation table files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<importid> Charset import identifier.
|
|||
|
<exportid> Charset export identifier.
|
|||
|
<file> Charset translation table file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the Character Translation chapter for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XLATESCSET <import> <export> <escfile>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword defines escape sequence translation table files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<importid> Escset import identifier.
|
|||
|
<exportid> Escset export identifier.
|
|||
|
<file> Escape sequence translation table file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the Character Translation chapter for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XLATEXPORT <charsetid>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the export charset for your messages. See the Character
|
|||
|
Translation chapter for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It can also be used in templates (the @xlatexport token).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XLATIMPORT <charsetid> (IBMPC)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defines the local charset for your machine. See the Character
|
|||
|
Translation chapter for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This keyword can be used globally and in a Random System group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XLATLOCALSET <charsetid> (IBMPC)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Use this keyword to specify the actual physical charset in effect
|
|||
|
for text screen display. This was previously the hardcoded value
|
|||
|
IBMPC, corresponding to the IBM codepage 437 (or the nordic
|
|||
|
edition 865).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: All charset translation files must translate from and to the
|
|||
|
charset identified with the XLATLOCALSET keyword!
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XLATPATH <path>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is the path where GoldED tries to find the XLATCHARSET and
|
|||
|
XLATESCSET files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ZONEGATING <yes/no/ask> (ask)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When writing a netmail message to a destination in another zone,
|
|||
|
you can either send the message directly (No) or via the local
|
|||
|
ZoneGate (Yes). You can also be consulted each time (Ask). GoldED
|
|||
|
won't ask if Cra or Hld attribute is set.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Obsolete Keywords
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is a list of keywords which were used in various older versions.
|
|||
|
These keywords are now obsolete, either because they have been renamed
|
|||
|
or replaced, or if they no longer have any function. Most of the
|
|||
|
keywords are still active and remapped to the new names.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
To check if you have obsolete keywords in your setup, run GoldED with
|
|||
|
the -F -D commandline parameters. Then if you get a number of "Unknown
|
|||
|
keyword" warnings, you should replace the old keywords with the new
|
|||
|
ones or remove them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Old keyword: New keyword:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAAUTOFREQ AREAFREQTO
|
|||
|
AREABADMSGS SOUPBADMSGS
|
|||
|
AREASORT AREALISTSORT
|
|||
|
ASSIGNTO MEMBER
|
|||
|
AUTOATTACH EDITAUTOATTACH
|
|||
|
BEEPFACTOR (removed)
|
|||
|
BLANKTIME SCREENBLANKER
|
|||
|
BOARDNOS (removed)
|
|||
|
CCATTRIB ATTRIBSCC
|
|||
|
CCLIST CARBONCOPYLIST
|
|||
|
CFMATTRIB ATTRIBSCFM
|
|||
|
CHANGEDATE EDITCHANGEDATE
|
|||
|
CHANGEPROMPT (removed)
|
|||
|
CHARSET XLATCHARSET
|
|||
|
CLEARKEYS (removed)
|
|||
|
COLOUR COLOR
|
|||
|
COMMENTNOISE BEEPCOMMENT
|
|||
|
COOKIEFILE (removed)
|
|||
|
CRLFTERM EDITCRLFTERM
|
|||
|
DELORIG ASKDELORIG
|
|||
|
DISPMSGLIST MSGLISTFIRST
|
|||
|
DISPMSGLISTFAST MSGLISTFAST
|
|||
|
DISPSTYLECODES STYLECODES
|
|||
|
ECHOATTRIB ATTRIBSECHO
|
|||
|
ECHOINFO CTRLINFOECHO
|
|||
|
EDITMARGIN (removed)
|
|||
|
EDITORVERSION (removed)
|
|||
|
ELIMSNOW (removed)
|
|||
|
ESCSET XLATESCSET
|
|||
|
EXCLAREA AREAEXCL
|
|||
|
EXPORTCHARSET XLATEXPORT
|
|||
|
EXTKEYS (removed)
|
|||
|
FIDOLASTREADNO FIDOUSERNO
|
|||
|
FIELDCLEAR EDITFIELDCLEAR
|
|||
|
FILECHECK (removed)
|
|||
|
FILECHECKALL (removed)
|
|||
|
FREEAREA (removed)
|
|||
|
FREETEAR (removed)
|
|||
|
GOLDEDCFM CONFIRMFILE
|
|||
|
GOLDEDLOG LOGFILE
|
|||
|
GOLDEDLST USERLISTFILE
|
|||
|
GOLDEDMSG EDITORFILE
|
|||
|
GOLDEDNAM NAMESFILE
|
|||
|
GOLDEDPRN OUTPUTFILE
|
|||
|
GOLDHELP (no longer documented)
|
|||
|
GOLDKEYS (no longer documented)
|
|||
|
GOLDLANG (no longer documented)
|
|||
|
GOLDRAND (no longer documented)
|
|||
|
GOLDXLAT (no longer documented)
|
|||
|
HARDLINE EDITHARDLINE
|
|||
|
HARDLINES EDITHARDLINES
|
|||
|
HWMARKS (removed)
|
|||
|
INCLAREA AREAINCL
|
|||
|
INTERNALEDITOR EDITINTERNAL
|
|||
|
LASTREAD FIDOLASTREAD
|
|||
|
LASTREADUSER FIDOUSERNO
|
|||
|
LISTWRAP (removed)
|
|||
|
LOCALATTRIB ATTRIBSLOCAL
|
|||
|
LOCALCHARSET XLATIMPORT
|
|||
|
LOCALHIGHLIGHT (removed)
|
|||
|
LOCALINFO CTRLINFOLOCAL
|
|||
|
LOCALNOISE (removed)
|
|||
|
MAPDRIVE MAPPATH
|
|||
|
MATCHAKA AKAMATCH
|
|||
|
MAXCOLS SCREENMAXCOL
|
|||
|
MAXMSGSIZE EDITMSGSIZE
|
|||
|
MAXROWS SCREENMAXROW
|
|||
|
MIXCASE EDITMIXCASE
|
|||
|
MULTIQBBS (removed)
|
|||
|
NETATTRIB ATTRIBSNET
|
|||
|
NETINFO CTRLINFONET
|
|||
|
NETTEAR CTRLINFONET performs similar function
|
|||
|
NEXTAREA AREANEXT
|
|||
|
NEXTMSGS (removed)
|
|||
|
NODELISTPAGEBAR (removed)
|
|||
|
NOISEFACTOR (removed)
|
|||
|
OVERLAYEMS OVERLAY performs similar function
|
|||
|
OVERLAYEXT OVERLAY performs similar function
|
|||
|
PAGEBAR (removed)
|
|||
|
QBBSINCRESCAN (removed)
|
|||
|
QBBSPATH HUDSONPATH
|
|||
|
QBBSREBUILD (removed)
|
|||
|
QBBSSCAN (removed)
|
|||
|
QMSGPATH HUDSONPATH
|
|||
|
REALMSGNO (removed)
|
|||
|
REBUILD (removed)
|
|||
|
RENAREA AREARENAME
|
|||
|
REPLYRE EDITREPLYRE
|
|||
|
RIGHTMARGIN DISPMARGIN
|
|||
|
SAVEMENU EDITSAVEMENU
|
|||
|
SAVETIME EDITAUTOSAVE
|
|||
|
SAYBIBI (removed)
|
|||
|
SCANAREA AREASCAN
|
|||
|
SCREENELIMSNOW (removed)
|
|||
|
SCREENUSEANSI (removed)
|
|||
|
SHADOWS (removed)
|
|||
|
SHARE SHAREMODE
|
|||
|
SHOWTWITS TWITMODE
|
|||
|
SIGNALFILE SEMAPHORE
|
|||
|
SOUNDDEVICE (removed)
|
|||
|
SPACEQUOTES (removed)
|
|||
|
SPELLCHECKER EDITSPELLCHECK
|
|||
|
STACKKEYS KEYBSTACK
|
|||
|
STARTECHO AREASTART
|
|||
|
SWAPALL DOSSWAP
|
|||
|
SYSOP USERNAME
|
|||
|
TABSIZE DISPTABSIZE
|
|||
|
TAGLINEFILE (removed)
|
|||
|
TIMESLICE (removed)
|
|||
|
TIMEZONEOFFSET USETZUTC performs similar function
|
|||
|
UNDELETELINES EDITUNDELETE
|
|||
|
USEBIOS SCREENUSEBIOS
|
|||
|
XPLIST CROSSPOSTLIST
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Location Dependent Configuration Keywords
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following configuration keywords are location dependent and should
|
|||
|
be placed in a particular order in the configuration file(s). Keywords
|
|||
|
that are *not* listed can be placed anywhere you want.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The keywords are listed in groups of those that depend on each other.
|
|||
|
They are listed in the recommended order within each group. The order
|
|||
|
between the groups is not important, with one noted exception.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Name/Address/Areas:
|
|||
|
USERNAME
|
|||
|
ADDRESS
|
|||
|
AKA
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSNET Specifies default attributes for AREAFILE etc.
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSECHO As above.
|
|||
|
ATTRIBSLOCAL As above.
|
|||
|
FIDOMSGTYPE
|
|||
|
PCBOARDPATH Recommended if you use PCBoard.
|
|||
|
MAPPATH
|
|||
|
AREARENAME Rename occurs before AREAEXCL/INCL.
|
|||
|
AREAEXCL
|
|||
|
AREAINCL
|
|||
|
AREAISEMAIL
|
|||
|
AREAISNEWS
|
|||
|
AREAPATH Default path for the AREAFILE's.
|
|||
|
AREAFILE
|
|||
|
RA2USERSBBS Overrides AREAFILE RemoteAccess.
|
|||
|
AREADESC Add description and more to some AREAFILE's.
|
|||
|
AREA Overrides areas in AREAFILE's.
|
|||
|
AREADEF As above.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Paths:
|
|||
|
GOLDPATH
|
|||
|
TEMPPATH MUST be in GOLDED.CFG. Used only by GoldNODE.
|
|||
|
SWAPPATH
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Nodelists: MUST be below ADDRESS/AKA and ONLY in GOLDED.CFG!
|
|||
|
NODEPATH
|
|||
|
NODELIST
|
|||
|
USERLIST
|
|||
|
EXCLUDENODES Remember to replace "ALL" with '*'.
|
|||
|
INCLUDENODES As above.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Colors:
|
|||
|
INTENSECOLORS Selects a default intense colorset if enabled.
|
|||
|
COLORSET Selects a default colorset.
|
|||
|
COLOR
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
External utils:
|
|||
|
EXTERNOPTIONS
|
|||
|
EXTERNUTIL
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Character translation:
|
|||
|
XLATPATH
|
|||
|
XLATCHARSET
|
|||
|
XLATESCSET
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Random System:
|
|||
|
GROUP Starts a group.
|
|||
|
MEMBER Defines areas that are members of the group.
|
|||
|
<Group Items> See the Random System chapter for a list.
|
|||
|
ENDGROUP Ends a group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Message Attributes Reference
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is a list and description of all message attributes that are
|
|||
|
supported by GoldED in the keywords that accept attribute settings or
|
|||
|
can be displayed in the header.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A/S Archive/sent.
|
|||
|
ARQ Audit request.
|
|||
|
ATT File attached.
|
|||
|
CFM Confirmation receipt requested.
|
|||
|
COV Fax cover letter.
|
|||
|
CRA Crash - high priority mail.
|
|||
|
DEL Deleted.
|
|||
|
DIR Direct. Don't route this message.
|
|||
|
FAX Fax image attached.
|
|||
|
FRQ File request.
|
|||
|
GRP Group message.
|
|||
|
HIR Fax hi-resolution image.
|
|||
|
HLD Hold for pickup.
|
|||
|
HUB Host- or Hub-route message.
|
|||
|
IMM Immediate - Send message NOW!
|
|||
|
K/S Kill/sent. Delete message automatically after it is sent.
|
|||
|
KFS Kill/file/sent. Delete attached files after they are sent.
|
|||
|
LET Fax letterhead.
|
|||
|
LOC Local. Message was written on your system.
|
|||
|
LOK Lock. Prevents send/delete/purge/editing.
|
|||
|
ORP Orphan. Could not be sent because destination node is unknown.
|
|||
|
PRN Msg has been printed. Specific for Squish (bitvalue 00040000h).
|
|||
|
PVT Private. Message may only be read by the addressee and author.
|
|||
|
R/O Read only. Used in area definitions to prevent writing.
|
|||
|
RCV Received. Read by the addressee.
|
|||
|
RRC Return receipt.
|
|||
|
RRQ Return receipt requested.
|
|||
|
RSV FTS-1 reserved (unused) attribute.
|
|||
|
SIG Fax signature.
|
|||
|
SNT Sent. Message has been sent or exported from the msgbase.
|
|||
|
TFS Truncate/file/sent. Truncate files to zero length when sent.
|
|||
|
TRS Transit. Message passing through, not for you.
|
|||
|
UNS Unsent message.
|
|||
|
URQ Update file request.
|
|||
|
XMA Xmail. Attach does not conform to the ARCmail 0.60 standard.
|
|||
|
ZON Zonegate. Route through zonegate if possible.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Area Configuration
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED offers a wide variety of methods for defining message areas.
|
|||
|
You can define each area manually in the GOLDED.CFG file (or an
|
|||
|
INCLUDE'ed GOLDAREA.CFG file), or you can tell GoldED to read the area
|
|||
|
setup files of many popular BBS/mailer/mail processor packages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For manual definition of areas, use the AREA or AREADEF (recommened)
|
|||
|
keywords.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For external area configuration, the general syntax for the AREAFILE
|
|||
|
keyword is:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAFILE <programname> [path or filename(s)] [-options]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Available options:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-NoChk
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Normally GoldED will check the areafile timestamps when starting
|
|||
|
up, and recompile the configuration if a file was changed. If this
|
|||
|
option is given for any AREAFILE, those areafiles will not be
|
|||
|
checked. This can be useful in cases like TosScan, GEcho, IMail
|
|||
|
and several others which "touch" their files every time they run.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
-S<sortspec>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you are *not* using the global AREALISTSORT keyword for sorting
|
|||
|
all the areas, you can sort the areas of each AREAFILE separately.
|
|||
|
See the AREALISTSORT keyword for the definition of <sortspec>.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If no path is specified, the appropriate environment variable or the
|
|||
|
AREAPATH is used to find the files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <programname> can be one of the following:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AdeptXBBS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the AdeptXBBS configuration files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the ADEPTXBBS environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AreasBBS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED is can handle a wide variety of AREAS.BBS type files. It
|
|||
|
can read and distinguish between the old CONFMAIL style with paths
|
|||
|
for *.MSG areas, the Hudson/Goldbase style with board numbers, the
|
|||
|
Squish style with "$basename" and the JAM style with "!basename".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The disadvantage of using an AREAS.BBS is that there are no area
|
|||
|
descriptions. The echoid is used as description instead. However,
|
|||
|
GoldED will use any text behind a semicolon on definition lines as
|
|||
|
description. This may or may not be compatible with mail
|
|||
|
processors, so be careful. A better solution may be to use the
|
|||
|
AREAFILE Echolist to add descriptions from a separate file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
One or more AREAS.BBS files may be specified on the same line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Concord
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Support is planned but not yet implemented.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
D'Bridge
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the DBRIDGE.AA1/.AA2 files (for version 1.30) or the
|
|||
|
DBRIDGE.ADF of the later versions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "DBRIDGE" and "DB" environment variables.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Dutchie
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the DUTCHIE.ARE file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "DUTCHIE" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Echolist
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads a simple ascii-text file containing an echolist in this
|
|||
|
format:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<echoid> <description>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
or DZ-format (requires -DZ switch):
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
[Status], Tag, Comment, Moderator's Name, Address,[Flags]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This feature adds descriptions to already existing areas in
|
|||
|
GoldED. Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAFILE AreasBBS AREAS.BBS
|
|||
|
AREAFILE EchoList ECHOLIST.TXT
|
|||
|
AREAFILE EchoList echo5020.lst -dz
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Descriptions for unknown echoids are ignored. Blank lines and
|
|||
|
lines beginning with characters which are illegal in echoids (such
|
|||
|
as ';') are also ignored.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Additional switch -SqaFix could be used to read echolist and groups
|
|||
|
from SqaFix configuration file:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAFILE Squish C:\SQUISH\
|
|||
|
AREAFILE EchoList C:\SQUISH\SQAFIX.CFG -SqaFix
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Ezycom
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads CONFIG.EZY and MESSAGES.EZY. Supports Ezycom 1.02 and 1.10g,
|
|||
|
but not 1.01.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "EZY" and "TASK" environment variables.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FastEcho
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the FASTECHO.CFG file. Supports version 1.10 up to 1.46.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "FASTECHO" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Fidoconfig
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads fidoconfig (used in Husky Project software). Supports
|
|||
|
version 0.15. Used parser is more powerful than original from
|
|||
|
fidoconfig, due to it strictly follows specification from proposal
|
|||
|
and implements all features from there. Additionaly it implements
|
|||
|
groups not described in proposal but used in in library.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "FIDOCONFIG" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FidoPCB
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads FIDOPCB.CFG. Supports version 1.x.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "FIDOPCB" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FMail
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads FMAIL.CFG and FMAIL.AR. Supports versions 0.92, 0.98, 1.0g,
|
|||
|
and 1.20.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "FMAIL" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FrontDoor
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the SETUP.FD/FD.SYS and FOLDER.FD/FOLDER.SYS files. If you
|
|||
|
want the real echoid's attached to the areas, you will also need
|
|||
|
to supply the filename of the relevant AREAS.BBS file(s). Supports
|
|||
|
versions 1.99c and 2.xx.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "FD" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GEcho
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads SETUP.GE and AREAFILE.GE. Supports versions 1.00, 1.02,
|
|||
|
1.10, 1.11 and 1.20.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "GE" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
IMAIL
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the IMAIL.CF and IMAIL.AR files. Supports version 1.60,
|
|||
|
1.7x and 1.8x.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "IMAIL" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
InterMail
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the FD.SYS/IMSYS.CFG and FOLDER.CFG/IMFOLDER.CFG files.
|
|||
|
Supports version 2.26 and newer.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "IM" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LoraBBS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the CONFIG.DAT and SYSMSG.DAT files. Supports version 2.33,
|
|||
|
2.40 and possibly others.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "LORA" and "LORABBS" environment variables.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Maximus
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the MAX.PRM and AREA.DAT or MAREA.DAT files. Compatible (or
|
|||
|
should be) with both the old (1.xx) and (2.xx) and new (3.xx)
|
|||
|
formats. If your AREA.DAT is named differently, you must supply
|
|||
|
the correct filename.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "MAXIMUS" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ME2
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the old ME2 editor AREADESC.ME2 file and AREAS.BBS file(s).
|
|||
|
You must supply the names of both files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Opus
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the Opus 1.1x SYSTEM??.DAT files or the Opus 1.7x SYSMSG.DAT
|
|||
|
file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "OPUS" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ParToss
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the ParToss configuration file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PCBoard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the PCBOARD.DAT, CNAMES.@@@ and CNAMES.ADD files. Supports
|
|||
|
version 14.x and 15.x, up to and including 15.22. Note that,
|
|||
|
depending on the version, echoid's may not be read from this
|
|||
|
format. If the echoid is not available, the description is used as
|
|||
|
echoid, after conversion to uppercase and spaces to underscores.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "PCBOARD" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Portal
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the PORTAL*.CFG and PORTAL.ARE files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "POPCMDLINE" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ProBoard
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads MSGAREAS.PB. Supports version 2.0.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "PB" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QEcho
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads /etc/qecho/AreaList. Supports version patched by Eugene
|
|||
|
Sorochinsky for JAM message base support.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QFront
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads QORIGIN.DAT and QECHOS.DAT. Supports version 1.13b.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "QFRONT" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
QuickBBS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the CONFIG.BBS or QUICKCFG.DAT and MSGCFG.DAT files. To get
|
|||
|
the real echoid's, you must also supply the filename of the
|
|||
|
relevant AREAS.BBS.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "QUICKBBS" and "QBBS" environment variables.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RaEcho
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads AREAS.RAE. Supports version 1.00 and 1.01.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "RAECHO" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RemoteAccess
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the MESSAGES.RA file. To get the real echoid's, you must
|
|||
|
also supply the filename of the relevant AREAS.BBS. Supports
|
|||
|
versions 0.xx, 1.xx, 2.0x and 2.5x.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "RA" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Squish
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads SQUISH.CFG and AREAS.BBS (if used). Supports version 1.0x
|
|||
|
and 1.1x. The "Include <filename>" feature of Squish 1.10 is also
|
|||
|
supported.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The optional /G switch specifies the default group of the imported
|
|||
|
areas, i.e. /g=G or /g=#103.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "SQUISH" and "MAXIMUS" environment variables.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SuperBBS
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads CONFIG.BBS, SCONFIG.BBS and BOARDS.BBS. Supports version
|
|||
|
1.16 and 1.17.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "SUPERBBS" and "SBBS" environment variables.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
timEd
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads TIMED.CFG and any included file. Also reads the
|
|||
|
configuration from other mail software defined in TIMED.CFG.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "TIMED" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Termail
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is for the Terminate Mail system (Termail). GoldED does
|
|||
|
currently only support Termail 4.00 und 5.xx style .CFG-files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads TM.CFG and any AREAFILE (an AREAS.BBS type file) defined
|
|||
|
there.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NOTE: If you use this, you must start GoldED in the Termail
|
|||
|
directory, because the standard TM configuration files use
|
|||
|
relative paths.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "TM" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TosScan
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the FD.SYS/SETUP.FD and AREAFILE.FD files. Supports version
|
|||
|
1.00 and FrontDoor 1.99c and 2.xx.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "FD" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WaterGate
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the WTRCFG.TDB and AREABASE.TDB files. Supports version
|
|||
|
0.93.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
WMail
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the WMAIL.PRM and AREAS.PRM files. Supports version 2.2.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "WMAIL" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XMail
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Reads the AREAS.XM file. Supports version 1.00.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Looks for the "XM" environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter The Random System
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
With the Random System, you can define area-specific sets of origins,
|
|||
|
netnames, tearlines, templates, usernames and many other items. If
|
|||
|
more than one item of each type is specified, a random one is picked -
|
|||
|
a Random System. This is a very useful feature when (for example)
|
|||
|
participating in conferences with different languages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Random System is built on the idea of "groups". A group is a
|
|||
|
collection of "items", belonging to the group. You can assign one or
|
|||
|
more echomail areas, designated by their echoid's to a group. Groups
|
|||
|
can also be specified for just a single echo, and DOS/4DOS-style
|
|||
|
wildcards can be used to simplify the assignment of echoes with common
|
|||
|
strings in their name, such as *.DK, SIG.* and so on. In this way, you
|
|||
|
could for example setup one group for all national echoes, another for
|
|||
|
special local echoes, a third for international echoes etc.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defining Groups
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The general syntax of a group definition is:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GROUP <id>[:]
|
|||
|
; items go here
|
|||
|
[Member <id list>]
|
|||
|
ENDGROUP
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The Group <id> can be one of three things:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
1. A group letter or #number, matching the group letters or numbers
|
|||
|
used in the AREAFILE's of D'Bridge, GEcho, IMAIL, TosScan and many
|
|||
|
others. To use this feature, you need to enable the AREAFILEGROUPS
|
|||
|
keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
2. An individual echoid or echoid mask (wildcards can be used). The
|
|||
|
items are then simply defined below the Group line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
3. A group label, terminated by a colon (:). The group items are
|
|||
|
defined below the Group line. Echoes are assigned to the group by
|
|||
|
adding one or more Member statements.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can't assign a group to another group. It will not harm, but it
|
|||
|
also won't work :-)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The order of groups is very important. GoldED scans the groups from
|
|||
|
the top down. This means that the most general groups must be placed
|
|||
|
at the bottom and exceptions (individual areas for example) must be
|
|||
|
placed at the top.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defining Random Items
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The random items are defined much like in the main GoldED
|
|||
|
configuration file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If more than one of each item is defined within a group, those items
|
|||
|
will be picked randomly (hence the name "Random System"), while GoldED
|
|||
|
collects items when entering an area.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Random Item Keywords:
|
|||
|
AKA
|
|||
|
AKAMATCHING
|
|||
|
AREACOPYDIRECT
|
|||
|
AREACOPYTO
|
|||
|
AREAFREQDIRECT
|
|||
|
AREAFREQTO
|
|||
|
AREAREPLYDIRECT
|
|||
|
AREAREPLYTO
|
|||
|
AREAYOUWROTETO
|
|||
|
ATTRIBUTES
|
|||
|
CTRLINFO
|
|||
|
EDITHARDTERM
|
|||
|
EDITMIXCASE
|
|||
|
EDITREPLYRE
|
|||
|
FORCETEMPLATE
|
|||
|
INPUTFILE
|
|||
|
INTERNETADDRESS
|
|||
|
INTERNETGATE
|
|||
|
INTERNETMSGID
|
|||
|
INTERNETRFCBODY
|
|||
|
LOADLANGUAGE
|
|||
|
MSGLISTDATE
|
|||
|
MSGLISTFAST
|
|||
|
MSGLISTFIRST
|
|||
|
MSGLISTHEADER
|
|||
|
MSGLISTWIDESUBJ
|
|||
|
NETNAME
|
|||
|
NICKNAME
|
|||
|
ORGANIZATION
|
|||
|
ORIGIN
|
|||
|
OUTPUTFILE
|
|||
|
PLAY
|
|||
|
QUOTEBUFFILE
|
|||
|
QUOTECHARS
|
|||
|
QUOTESTRING
|
|||
|
QUOTEWRAPHARD
|
|||
|
SEARCHFOR
|
|||
|
TAGLINE
|
|||
|
TAGLINECHAR
|
|||
|
TEARLINE
|
|||
|
TEMPLATE
|
|||
|
TEMPLATEMATCH
|
|||
|
TWITMODE
|
|||
|
USEFWD
|
|||
|
USERNAME
|
|||
|
USETZUTC
|
|||
|
VIEWHIDDEN
|
|||
|
VIEWKLUDGE
|
|||
|
VIEWQUOTE
|
|||
|
WHOTO
|
|||
|
XLATEXPORT
|
|||
|
XLATIMPORT
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the Configuration Keyword Reference chapter for details about each
|
|||
|
keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Random System Example
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Below is an example of how a Random System could be setup. Note how
|
|||
|
the letter group 'D' goes first, followed by the explicit group
|
|||
|
definitions for the NERDS and FOO echoes. Then comes the more general
|
|||
|
groups (those with Label:'s), where the echoes are assigned with one
|
|||
|
or more Member statements. At last there is the catch-all "Group *",
|
|||
|
which works as the default group.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
=== Cut, GOLDRAND.CFG ===
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group NERDS ; For the NERDS echo.
|
|||
|
Origin "I am a Nerd. Take me to your Loser!"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group FOO ; This group is *only* for the FOO echo.
|
|||
|
Tearline FooED @rev
|
|||
|
Origin "Foo-ing my day away"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group FooEchoes:
|
|||
|
Member *FOO* ; Use wildcards to catch any other foo echo.
|
|||
|
Tearline FooED @rev
|
|||
|
Origin "This is a Foo-lish origin"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group FidoNet:
|
|||
|
Member NET_DEV, WORLDPOL, INTERCOOK
|
|||
|
Member GREEN.029, C_ECHO, C_PLUSPLUS
|
|||
|
Origin "Fight-O-Net? Good name..."
|
|||
|
Template FIDONET.TPL
|
|||
|
Whoto Everyone
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group SigNet:
|
|||
|
Member SIG.* ; The wildcard is VERY handy here ;-)
|
|||
|
Origin "To SIG or not to SIG..."
|
|||
|
Template SIGNET.TPL
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group D ; Letter D for Danish echoes.
|
|||
|
Template DANSK.TPL
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Group * ; This is default group
|
|||
|
Origin "Yet another forgotten echo"
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
=== Uncut ===
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the example GOLDRAND.CFG in the ADVANCED archive for a real-life
|
|||
|
setup similar to the one I use myself.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Color Configuration
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Color configuration in GoldED is a bit complicated, and you probably
|
|||
|
have to experiment quite a bit, if you want make your own setup. For
|
|||
|
your convenience, I have added a number of example color setups,
|
|||
|
provided by some of my many good users. I suggest you try them all and
|
|||
|
use the one that suits you best, perhaps tuning it a bit to your
|
|||
|
taste.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The COLOR keyword uses the following syntax:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
COLOR <window> <part> <colors>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<window> AREA, ASK, BACKGROUND, BRAG, HEADER, HELP, INFO, MENU,
|
|||
|
READER, SHADOW, STATUS.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<part> BLOCK, BORDER, BTYPE, EDIT, HIDDEN, HIGHLIGHT, INPUT,
|
|||
|
KLUDGE, NOSELECT, ORIGIN, QUOTE, SELECTOR, TEARLINE,
|
|||
|
TITLE, WINDOW.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The <colors> are composed of [blinking] <ink> [on <paper>].
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<ink> Black, Blue, Green, Cyan, Red, Magenta, Brown, LGrey,
|
|||
|
DGrey, LBlue, LGreen, LCyan, LRed, LMagenta, Yellow,
|
|||
|
White.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<paper> Black, Blue, Green, Cyan, Red, Magenta, Brown, LGrey.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
For monochrome setups we instead have:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<ink> Normal, Highlight, Reverse, Underline.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The SHADOW color does not need a <part>, because it is global.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The paper color always defaults to Black if not specified.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If <part> is "BTYPE", the <color> is a value in the range 0-3, which
|
|||
|
defines the type of lines used when drawing menus and windows:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
BTYPE 0 is single horizontal and single vertical lines.
|
|||
|
BTYPE 1 is double horizontal and double vertical lines.
|
|||
|
BTYPE 2 is single horizontal and double vertical lines.
|
|||
|
BTYPE 3 is double horizontal and single vertical lines.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The default border type is always BTYPE 0.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following is a description of the different window parts:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Various general color items
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SHADOW Shadow below windows and menus.
|
|||
|
STATUS WINDOW Status line at the bottom.
|
|||
|
BACKGROUND WINDOW Background for the startup window.
|
|||
|
BACKGROUND BORDER Overscan color (currently DOS only).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<anything> PAGEBAR Pagebar (scrollbar).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The PAGEBAR color specifially sets the color of the pagebars
|
|||
|
(scrollbars) in GoldED. A pagebar color can currently be set for
|
|||
|
AREA, READER and MENU. Note that BORDER will set both the BORDER and
|
|||
|
PAGEBAR colors, so remember to place the PAGEBAR color below the
|
|||
|
BORDER color.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Startup screen / logo window
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
BRAG WINDOW The Copyright window.
|
|||
|
BRAG BORDER Lines around the Copyright window.
|
|||
|
BRAG TITLE The logo text.
|
|||
|
BRAG HIGHLIGHT The inner logo lines.
|
|||
|
BRAG BLOCK The outer logo lines.
|
|||
|
BRAG BTYPE Copyright window border type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Area Selection Menu
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREA WINDOW Descriptions, the top line (inc. search).
|
|||
|
AREA BORDER Lines.
|
|||
|
AREA TITLE Titles on the border.
|
|||
|
AREA SELECTOR Selection bar.
|
|||
|
AREA HIGHLIGHT The color for the area marks.
|
|||
|
AREA BTYPE Window border type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Message Header
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HEADER WINDOW Header text.
|
|||
|
HEADER BORDER Lines.
|
|||
|
HEADER TITLE Titles on the border.
|
|||
|
HEADER INPUT Message number input field.
|
|||
|
HEADER EDIT Header input fields.
|
|||
|
HEADER HIGHLIGHT Marks.
|
|||
|
HEADER BTYPE Window border type.
|
|||
|
HEADER FROM Header From field.
|
|||
|
HEADER TO Header To field.
|
|||
|
HEADER SUBJECT Header Subject field.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The FROM/TO/SUBJECT colors supplement the HEADER WINDOW color. Note
|
|||
|
that WINDOW will also set the FROM/TO/SUBJECT colors, so remember to
|
|||
|
place the new colors below it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Message Text
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
READER WINDOW Normal message text.
|
|||
|
READER BORDER The Pagebar.
|
|||
|
READER QUOTE (Odd) Quoted lines.
|
|||
|
READER QUOTE2 (Even) Quoted lines.
|
|||
|
READER CURSOR Character at cursor pos. (int. editor).
|
|||
|
READER KLUDHIDD Kludges and hidden lines.
|
|||
|
READER TEARORIG Tearline and Origin.
|
|||
|
READER BLOCK Block color (internal editor).
|
|||
|
READER BTYPE Window border type.
|
|||
|
READER HIGHLIGHT Search highlight in the message text.
|
|||
|
READER KLUDGE Known kludges.
|
|||
|
READER HIDDEN Hidden lines. (Unknown kludges).
|
|||
|
READER SIGNATURE Internet-Style signatures ("-- ").
|
|||
|
READER TAGLINE Taglines. (Only the one just above tearline).
|
|||
|
READER TEARLINE Tearline.
|
|||
|
READER ORIGIN Origin.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The KLUDGE/HIDDEN colors replaces the old KLUDHIDD color. Note that
|
|||
|
KLUDHIDD will set both the KLUDGE and HIDDEN colors, so remember to
|
|||
|
place the new colors below it if you keep the old definition.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The TAGLINE color is the color of taglines. GoldED detects a tagline
|
|||
|
if it starts with "..." or "___" and is just above the tearline or
|
|||
|
origin.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The TEARLINE/ORIGIN colors replaces the old TEARORIG color. Note
|
|||
|
that TEARORIG will set both the TEARLINE and ORIGIN colors, so
|
|||
|
remember to place the new colors below it if you keep the old
|
|||
|
definition.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Miscellaneous Smaller Menus
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ASK WINDOW Menu items.
|
|||
|
ASK BORDER Lines.
|
|||
|
ASK TITLE Menu title.
|
|||
|
ASK SELECTOR Selection bar.
|
|||
|
ASK NOSELECT Non-selectable menu items.
|
|||
|
ASK HIGHLIGHT Hotkeys.
|
|||
|
ASK BTYPE Window border type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Miscellaneous Larger Menus (Browser Windows)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MENU WINDOW Menu items.
|
|||
|
MENU BORDER Lines.
|
|||
|
MENU TITLE Menu title.
|
|||
|
MENU SELECTOR Selection bar.
|
|||
|
MENU NOSELECT Non-selectable menu items.
|
|||
|
MENU HIGHLIGHT Hotkeys/marks.
|
|||
|
MENU UNREAD When a msg is unread.
|
|||
|
MENU UNREADHIGH Additional highlight of to/from.
|
|||
|
MENU UNSENT When a msg is unsent.
|
|||
|
MENU UNSENTHIGH Additional highlight of to/from.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Help Screens
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
HELP WINDOW Help text.
|
|||
|
HELP BORDER Lines.
|
|||
|
HELP SELECTOR Current keyword.
|
|||
|
HELP HIGHLIGHT Other keywords.
|
|||
|
HELP BTYPE Window border type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Pop Up Information Windows
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INFO WINDOW Window text.
|
|||
|
INFO BORDER Lines.
|
|||
|
INFO TITLE Info title.
|
|||
|
INFO BTYPE Window border type.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Stylecodes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
STYLECODE ALL All stylecodes at once.
|
|||
|
STYLECODE B *Bold*
|
|||
|
STYLECODE I /Italic/
|
|||
|
STYLECODE BI /*BoldItalic*/
|
|||
|
STYLECODE U _Underline_
|
|||
|
STYLECODE BU _*BoldUnderline*_
|
|||
|
STYLECODE IU /_ItalicUnderline_/
|
|||
|
STYLECODE BIU _/*BoldItalicUnderline*/_
|
|||
|
STYLECODE R #Reverse#
|
|||
|
STYLECODE RB *#ReverseBold#*
|
|||
|
STYLECODE RI /#ReverseItalic#/
|
|||
|
STYLECODE RBI /*#ReverseBoldItalic#*/
|
|||
|
STYLECODE RU _#ReverseUnderline_#
|
|||
|
STYLECODE RBU _*#ReverseBoldUnderline#*_
|
|||
|
STYLECODE RIU _/#ReverseItalicUnderline#/_
|
|||
|
STYLECODE RBIU _/*#ReverseItalicUnderline#*/_
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that stylecode color definitions must be placed below COLOR
|
|||
|
READER WINDOW, because it overrides the COLOR STYLECODE definitions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the GEDCOL*.CFG and GEDMON*.CFG files for examples of color
|
|||
|
configuration.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter The Message Template
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The message template gives you a ready-made skeleton for writing your
|
|||
|
messages in the editor. The template is one of GoldED's many strong
|
|||
|
features. With this, you can eliminate the tedious typing of greetings
|
|||
|
etc etc. GoldED also provides a number of replacement strings,
|
|||
|
"tokens", to dynamically add message specific information to the
|
|||
|
template.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
As in the configuration file, a semicolon (;) first on the line makes
|
|||
|
the line a comment. Any other line is put into the editor file, after
|
|||
|
token expansion. Tokens are not case sensitive.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following is a list of the tokens available:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Conditional tokens (these are replaced with a null string)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@changed Line is only inserted in Changed msgs (from others).
|
|||
|
@comment Line is only inserted in Reply-Comments.
|
|||
|
@echo Line is only inserted in Echomail.
|
|||
|
@forward Line is only inserted in Forwarded messages.
|
|||
|
@local Line is only inserted in Local messages.
|
|||
|
@moderator Line is only inserted if substring "moderator" appeared in
|
|||
|
from line.
|
|||
|
@moved Line is only inserted in Reply-Moved messages.
|
|||
|
@net Line is only inserted in Netmail.
|
|||
|
@new Line is only inserted in New messages (not replies).
|
|||
|
@position Specifies the starting line for the editor cursor.
|
|||
|
@quotebuf Line is only inserted in Quotebuffered msgs.
|
|||
|
@quoted Line is only inserted in Quoted replies.
|
|||
|
@reply Line is only inserted in Non-Quoted Replies.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Insert tokens (anything else on the line is ignored)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@attrib <attributes> - Adds specific message attributes.
|
|||
|
@include <filename> - Inserts the file.
|
|||
|
@forcefrom <"from"> - sets message FROM: field, even if non-empty
|
|||
|
(see @setfrom)
|
|||
|
@forcesubj <"subject"> - sets message SUBJ: field, even if non-empty
|
|||
|
(see @setsubj)
|
|||
|
@forceto <"to"> - sets message TO: field, even if non-empty
|
|||
|
(see @setto)
|
|||
|
@loadlanguage Loads a partial language config file.
|
|||
|
@message Inserts the original message (in Forward & Change).
|
|||
|
@quote Inserts a quote of the original message.
|
|||
|
@random [random.txt] - Inserts random text.
|
|||
|
@setfrom <"from"> - Sets the message FROM: field.
|
|||
|
@setsubj <"subject"> - Sets the message SUBJ: field.
|
|||
|
@setto <"to"> - Sets the message TO: field.
|
|||
|
@xlatexport <charset> - Sets the export charset.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Replacement tokens (replaced with message specific data):
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@c3daddr Current user 3D (boss) address.
|
|||
|
@caddr Current user address.
|
|||
|
@cdate Current date.
|
|||
|
@cdesc Current area description.
|
|||
|
@cecho Current echoid.
|
|||
|
@cfname Current user first name.
|
|||
|
@clname Current user last name.
|
|||
|
@cname Current user name.
|
|||
|
@cpseudo Current pseudonym given by NICKNAME keyword, or @cfname.
|
|||
|
@ctime Current time.
|
|||
|
@ctzoffset Current timezone offset (if available and enabled).
|
|||
|
@d3daddr Destination 3D (boss) address.
|
|||
|
@daddr Destination address.
|
|||
|
@dfname Destination first name.
|
|||
|
@dlname Destination last name.
|
|||
|
@dname Destination name.
|
|||
|
@dpseudo Destination pseudonym (see addressbook), or @dfname.
|
|||
|
@f3daddr Current from 3D (boss) address.
|
|||
|
@faddr Current from address.
|
|||
|
@ffname Current from first name.
|
|||
|
@flname Current from last name.
|
|||
|
@fname Current from name.
|
|||
|
@fpseudo Current from pseudonym (see addressbook), or @ffname.
|
|||
|
@longpid Long program id. "GoldED", "GoldED/2" or "GoldED/386".
|
|||
|
@o3daddr Original 3D (boss) address.
|
|||
|
@oaddr Original address.
|
|||
|
@odate Original date.
|
|||
|
@odesc Original area description if moved, else current.
|
|||
|
@oecho Original echoid if moved, otherwise current.
|
|||
|
@ofname Original first name.
|
|||
|
@ofrom Original RFC "From" headerline.
|
|||
|
@olname Original last name.
|
|||
|
@omessageid Original RFC "Message-ID" headerline.
|
|||
|
@omsgid Original MSGID kludge content.
|
|||
|
@oname Original name.
|
|||
|
@opseudo Original pseudonym (see addressbook), or @ofname.
|
|||
|
@origin The current global or Random System origin.
|
|||
|
@os2slash "/2" if running GoldED/2. Empty otherwise.
|
|||
|
@osslash same as above.
|
|||
|
@otime Original time.
|
|||
|
@otzoffset Original timezone offset (if available and enabled).
|
|||
|
@oto Original RFC "To" headerline.
|
|||
|
@pid Short program id. "GED", "GED/2" or "GED386".
|
|||
|
@pseudo pseudonym (see addressbook), or @tfname.
|
|||
|
@rev The revision number (in the form mmdd).
|
|||
|
@serialno Emptiness.
|
|||
|
@subject The message subject line.
|
|||
|
@t3daddr Destination to 3D (boss) address.
|
|||
|
@taddr Destination to address.
|
|||
|
@tagline The current global or Random System tagline.
|
|||
|
@tearline The current global or Random System tearline.
|
|||
|
@tfname Destination to first name.
|
|||
|
@tlname Destination to last name.
|
|||
|
@tname Destination to name.
|
|||
|
@tpseudo Destination to pseudonym (see addressbook), or @tfname.
|
|||
|
@ver The simple version number (in the form x.yy)
|
|||
|
@version The complete release version number of GoldED.
|
|||
|
@_caddr Current user address (fixed width: 19 chars).
|
|||
|
@_cname Current user name (fixed width: 34 chars).
|
|||
|
@_daddr Destination address (fixed width: 19 chars).
|
|||
|
@_dname Destination name (fixed width: 34 chars).
|
|||
|
@_oaddr Original address (fixed width: 19 chars).
|
|||
|
@_oname Original name (fixed width: 34 chars).
|
|||
|
@_taddr Destination to address (fixed width: 19 chars).
|
|||
|
@_tname Destination to name (fixed width: 34 chars).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Tokens dealing with names may optionally have two parameters (each
|
|||
|
parameter enclosed in curve brackets): your name and opponent name,
|
|||
|
destination name additionally accepts third parameter - WhoTo name.
|
|||
|
Here is example on how this feature could be used:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@oname{I}{You} wrote to @dname{me}{you}{everyone}:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The template text begins at the first non-comment line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the included GOLDED.TPL for example usage.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you need to put some text which contains one of these tokens into a
|
|||
|
template file, use an extra '@' in front of the token.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Example:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Internet: somebody@veryhot.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
would produce
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Internet: somebody2.51yhot.com (because @ver is a token)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
so write it like this instead:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Internet: somebody@@veryhot.com
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The double '@' will then be translated to a single, and token
|
|||
|
translation skips past the @token.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter The Online Help System
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED has a built-in context sensitive help system, tied to the <F1>
|
|||
|
key (one of the very few keys that cannot be reconfigured). It
|
|||
|
contains a complete keyboard reference and help for most situations.
|
|||
|
It is current not as complete or sophisticated as I'd like it myself,
|
|||
|
but this may be improved in future versions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can completely redefine the help screens if you wish - the
|
|||
|
GOLDHELP.CFG file is a plain ASCII text file which contains all help
|
|||
|
definitions. The help file is split into several help categories. Here
|
|||
|
is an example of a couple of defined help categories:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*B 1,Help Category 1
|
|||
|
help text help text help text
|
|||
|
help text help text help text
|
|||
|
*P
|
|||
|
help text help text help text
|
|||
|
help text help text help text
|
|||
|
*E
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*B 2,Help Category 2
|
|||
|
help text help text help text
|
|||
|
help text help text help text
|
|||
|
*P
|
|||
|
help text help text help text
|
|||
|
help text help text help text
|
|||
|
See also: ^Help Category 1^
|
|||
|
*E
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The "*B" indicator specifies the beginning of a help category. The
|
|||
|
format is "*B helpcatnumber[,helpcatname]". In GoldED the help
|
|||
|
categories are numbered 1000-9999, split into more or less logical
|
|||
|
groups. See the help file for assignments. There should be only one
|
|||
|
space between the "*B" and the help category number. The help category
|
|||
|
name is only required for cross-references. If there are no
|
|||
|
cross-references to that help category, then you can leave the
|
|||
|
helpcatname parameter out.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The "*P" indicator specifies a page break and is optional. You may
|
|||
|
have as many page breaks as you'd like. The "*E" indicator specifies
|
|||
|
the end of the help category. The "*B", "*P", and "*E" indicators must
|
|||
|
all begin in the first column. These indicators and the help category
|
|||
|
name are case insensitive (can be in lowercase, uppercase, or mixed).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the definition of Help Category 2, you will notice the
|
|||
|
crossreference to Help Category 1. All cross-referencing is done by
|
|||
|
embedding the cross- reference category name (not number) inside
|
|||
|
carats (^). If you need to display a carat inside the help file, use a
|
|||
|
double carat (^^).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Any text contained outside of the "*B" and "*E" is treated as
|
|||
|
comments. If an "*E" is not found, then the end-of-file will be
|
|||
|
treated as an "*E".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Not all of the help categories in this help file are actually used in
|
|||
|
the current version of GoldED. The ones not used are empty, except for
|
|||
|
a two-line "header".
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The usable dimensions of the help window are 60 columns by 16 lines.
|
|||
|
In the help file there is a model of the actual window.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Character Translation
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED implements several different proposals for character
|
|||
|
translation in imported and exported messages:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0050 "Charset Identifier" by Thomas Sundblom.
|
|||
|
FSC-0051 "I51" by Thomas Gradin.
|
|||
|
FSC-0054 "CHARSET proposal" by Duncan McNutt.
|
|||
|
No FSC "Composed Characters" by Andre van de Wijdeven.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0050 is currently known to be implemented in the OPMED 3.xx
|
|||
|
message editor, and in Opus 1.7x. It uses the same identifier as
|
|||
|
FSC-0054 (a ^aCHARSET kludge), but is a lot simpler (but not
|
|||
|
necessarily better).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The "I51" and "CHARSET" proposals are in the process of being merged
|
|||
|
to one proposal, which should combine the advantages of both. They are
|
|||
|
both based on using the LATIN-1 (also known as ISO 8859-1) character
|
|||
|
set for extended ASCII. The LATIN-1 set is the same set used by
|
|||
|
Windows 3.xx, Amiga and many other non-PC computers. In addition to
|
|||
|
LATIN-1, I51 defines a set of so-called escape sequences for
|
|||
|
characters not found in the LATIN-1 set.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
"Composed Characters" became quite popular in Holland, but the author
|
|||
|
decided to drop his proposal because it relied on escape sequences
|
|||
|
using the so called "soft-cr" (141d, 8Dh) character. GoldED will
|
|||
|
continue to support Composed as long as it seems necessary.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you want to know more about the details, I suggest you read the
|
|||
|
proposals or contact the authors.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED currently supports two types of translation tables, the *.ESC
|
|||
|
files and the *.CHS files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The ESC translation tables
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The *.ESC files are used for import translation of the escape
|
|||
|
sequences defined in I51 and Composed Characters.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the ESC files, the semicolon is used for comments. The *first*
|
|||
|
non-comment line defines the charset the escape code are mapped TO.
|
|||
|
This is normally IBMPC, and should not be changed. Any other
|
|||
|
non-comment line is treated as an escape sequence definition with this
|
|||
|
syntax:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<esc1><esc2><space><map chars>[; comment/description]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Leading spaces are *not* allowed in ESC files. <esc1> and <esc2> are
|
|||
|
the two characters that define the escape sequence. <space> is ignored
|
|||
|
and can be used to make the table look better. <map chars> defines the
|
|||
|
local representation of the escape sequence, up to three characters.
|
|||
|
Normally you would only map to one extended ascii character. The map
|
|||
|
chars can be either the characters themselves, or decimal or
|
|||
|
hexadecimal numbers of the form "\d<dec>" or "\x<hex>" (like in the C
|
|||
|
programming language).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The CHS translation tables
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The *.CHS files are used for import and export translation of the
|
|||
|
CHARSET type character sets, and export of I51 and Composed escape
|
|||
|
sequences.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The CHS files uses the format of the raw text files provided in the
|
|||
|
CHARSET3.ZIP example implementation of FSC-0054. Study some of the
|
|||
|
files provided if you want to know how to define them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The two keywords XLATESCSET and XLATCHARSET are used to define which
|
|||
|
files belong to what import and export set. You can define more than
|
|||
|
one import and export set for each file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The keyword XLATIMPORT defines which charset you have on your own
|
|||
|
machine - this would normally be "IBMPC". It can be useful to change
|
|||
|
this (using the Random System) in areas where another character set
|
|||
|
than IBMPC is the dominant (like Amiga or MacIntosh, whatever).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The keyword XLATEXPORT defines the charset your messages should be
|
|||
|
exported to, if any.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Confused? Yeah, I know - this is a confusing subject, and my
|
|||
|
implementation and documentation is not perfect. Normally you will not
|
|||
|
have to worry about it. Turn it off completely if you don't understand
|
|||
|
it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Keyboard Command Reference
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Most of the GoldED keyboard commands can be reached with just one
|
|||
|
keystroke. To ease operation for experienced users of other message
|
|||
|
editors, GoldED comes with several sets of keys for each of the
|
|||
|
keyboard commands - direct non-shifted keys, Alt/Ctrl-keys and
|
|||
|
function keys. Many of these key assignments will be familiar for
|
|||
|
users of Msged, Msged/Q, ME2 and FM.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The following is a list of all keyboard commands, sorted by type and
|
|||
|
alphabetically, using the format
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<command> <short description>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This list is also available in the context-sensitive help system on
|
|||
|
the <F1> key.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
It is possible to almost completely redefine the keyboard - this in
|
|||
|
done in the GOLDKEYS.CFG file, which also handles macro definition
|
|||
|
(see later).
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Arealist commands:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAabort Abort the arealist.
|
|||
|
AREAaskexit Exit GoldED, prompt for final decision.
|
|||
|
AREAboardnos Toggle sequential areas vs. board numbers.
|
|||
|
AREAcatchup Point the lastread pointer to the last message
|
|||
|
in the current area.
|
|||
|
AREAdosshell Shell to DOS.
|
|||
|
AREAdropmsgmarks Unmark all msgs in selected areas.
|
|||
|
AREAgotofirst Move selection bar to first area.
|
|||
|
AREAgotolast Move selection bar to last area.
|
|||
|
AREAgotonext Move selection bar to next area.
|
|||
|
AREAgotoprev Move selection bar to previous area.
|
|||
|
AREAheat Heat highwatermarks.
|
|||
|
AREAjump Move selection bar to next marked area.
|
|||
|
AREAjumpnextmatch Move selection bar to next matching area.
|
|||
|
AREAquitnow Exit immediately, no questions asked.
|
|||
|
AREAscan Scan areas.
|
|||
|
AREAscanpm Scan areas for personal mail.
|
|||
|
AREAselect Enter the reader for the selected area.
|
|||
|
AREAselectmarks Select which set of area marks should be used.
|
|||
|
AREAsoundkill Stops currently played sound file.
|
|||
|
AREAtoggle Toggle mark on the selected area.
|
|||
|
AREAtouchnetscan Touches the SEMAPHORE NETSCAN file.
|
|||
|
AREAwritegoldlast Write a fresh copy of GOLDLAST.LST
|
|||
|
AREAzap Zap highwatermarks.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Internal editor commands:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EDITabort Abort editing this message - ask first.
|
|||
|
EDITanchor Set a block "anchor" on the current line.
|
|||
|
EDITaskexit Exit from GoldED - ask first.
|
|||
|
EDITblockdown Extend block area one line down.
|
|||
|
EDITblockend Extend block area to the end of line.
|
|||
|
EDITblockhome Extend block area to the beginning of line.
|
|||
|
EDITblockleft Extend block area one character left.
|
|||
|
EDITblockpgup Extend block area one screen up.
|
|||
|
EDITblockpgdn Extend block area one screen down.
|
|||
|
EDITblockright Extend block area one character right.
|
|||
|
EDITblockup Extend block area one line up.
|
|||
|
EDITcleardeletebuf Clears the undelete buffer.
|
|||
|
EDITclearpastebuf Clears the cut'n'paste buffer.
|
|||
|
EDITcopy Copies the block to the cut'n'paste buffer.
|
|||
|
EDITcopyabovechar Inserts character same as in the same position
|
|||
|
in previous line.
|
|||
|
EDITcut Cut the block to the cut'n'paste buffer.
|
|||
|
EDITdelchar Delete the char at the cursor position.
|
|||
|
EDITdelete Delete the block.
|
|||
|
EDITdeleteeol Delete from cursor position to end of line.
|
|||
|
EDITdelleft Delete the char to the left of the cursor.
|
|||
|
EDITdelline Delete the current line. (Copied to the
|
|||
|
EDITdelltword Delete the word to the left of the cursor.
|
|||
|
EDITdelrtword Delete the word to the right of the cursor.
|
|||
|
EDITdosshell Shell to DOS.
|
|||
|
EDITdupline Duplicates the current line.
|
|||
|
EDITexitmsg Drop this message - NO ASKING! DANGEROUS!
|
|||
|
EDITexporttext Exports the current block to a file.
|
|||
|
EDITgobegline Move cursor to beginning of line.
|
|||
|
EDITgobotline Move cursor to the bottom line in the display.
|
|||
|
EDITgobotmsg Move cursor to the last line in the message.
|
|||
|
EDITgodown Move cursor down to next line.
|
|||
|
EDITgoeol Move cursor to the end of the line.
|
|||
|
EDITgoleft Move cursor one position left.
|
|||
|
EDITgopgdn Move cursor one page of lines down.
|
|||
|
EDITgopgup Move cursor one page of lines up.
|
|||
|
EDITgoright Move cursor one position right.
|
|||
|
EDITgotopline Move cursor to the top line in the display.
|
|||
|
EDITgotopmsg Move cursor to the first line in the message.
|
|||
|
EDITgoup Move cursor up to the previous line.
|
|||
|
EDITgowordleft Move cursor to the previous word.
|
|||
|
EDITgowordright Move cursor to the next word.
|
|||
|
EDITheader Edit the message header, attributes etc.
|
|||
|
EDITimportquotebuf Imports the current quote buffer.
|
|||
|
EDITimporttext Import text file into this message.
|
|||
|
EDITkillquotes (ignored)
|
|||
|
EDITloadfile Load the message file saved with EDITsavefile.
|
|||
|
EDITlookupcursor Lookup name/node at cursor position.
|
|||
|
EDITlookupdest Lookup TO: node.
|
|||
|
EDITlookuporig Lookup FROM: node.
|
|||
|
EDITnewline Terminate paragraph and/or add a new line.
|
|||
|
EDITpaste Paste a previously cut block at the cursor.
|
|||
|
EDITquitnow Quit GoldED immediately - no asking.
|
|||
|
EDITreflow Reflows the current text or quote paragraph.
|
|||
|
EDITsavefile Saves the current message as a file.
|
|||
|
EDITsavemsg Save this message.
|
|||
|
EDITsoundkill Stops currently played sound flie.
|
|||
|
EDITspellcheck Calls an external spell checker for the msg.
|
|||
|
EDITtab Add spaces to the next tab-stop.
|
|||
|
EDITtabreverse Remove spaces to the prev tab-stop.
|
|||
|
EDITtogglecase Toggle the case of the cursor character.
|
|||
|
EDITtoggleinsert Toggle insert mode.
|
|||
|
EDITtolower Change the cursor character to lowercase.
|
|||
|
EDITtoupper Change the cursor character to uppercase.
|
|||
|
EDITundelete Undelete previously deleted lines.
|
|||
|
EDITzapquotebelow Deletes quotes below.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
File selection commands:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FILEabort Abort file selection.
|
|||
|
FILEaskexit Exit GoldED - ask first.
|
|||
|
FILEdosshell Shell to DOS.
|
|||
|
FILEgotofirst Go to first file.
|
|||
|
FILEgotolast Go to last file.
|
|||
|
FILEgotonext Go to next file.
|
|||
|
FILEgotoprev Go to previous file.
|
|||
|
FILEmark Mark file.
|
|||
|
FILEmarkall Mark all files.
|
|||
|
FILEquitnow Quit GoldED immediately.
|
|||
|
FILEselect Select the marked file(s).
|
|||
|
FILEtogglemark Toggle file mark.
|
|||
|
FILEunmark Unmark file.
|
|||
|
FILEunmarkall Unmark all files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Message lister commands:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
LISTabort Abort message lister.
|
|||
|
LISTaskexit Exit GoldED - ask first.
|
|||
|
LISTdosshell Shell to DOS.
|
|||
|
LISTgotobookmark Go to BookMark message.
|
|||
|
LISTgotofirst Go to first message.
|
|||
|
LISTgotolast Go to last message.
|
|||
|
LISTgotonext Go to next message.
|
|||
|
LISTgotoprev Go to previous message.
|
|||
|
LISTmarkingoptions Marking menu.
|
|||
|
LISTquitnow Quit GoldED immediately.
|
|||
|
LISTselect Go to reader at the selected message.
|
|||
|
LISTtogglebookmark Toggle BookMark on the selected message.
|
|||
|
LISTtoggledate Toggle date column content.
|
|||
|
LISTtogglemark Toggle Mark on the selected message.
|
|||
|
LISTtogglewidesubj Toggle between wide and short subject.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Nodelist browser commands:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
NODEabort Abort nodelist browsing.
|
|||
|
NODEaskexit Exit GoldED - ask first.
|
|||
|
NODEdosshell Shell to DOS.
|
|||
|
NODEgotofirst Go to first node.
|
|||
|
NODEgotolast Go to last node.
|
|||
|
NODEgotonext Go to next node.
|
|||
|
NODEgotoprev Go to previous node.
|
|||
|
NODEquitnow Quit GoldED immediately.
|
|||
|
NODEselect Select node.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Message reader commands:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
READaddressbookadd Add current/marked mail writer(s) to
|
|||
|
addressbook. Ask first.
|
|||
|
READaskexit Exit GoldED, prompt for final decision.
|
|||
|
READchangeaka Change default AKA address for current area.
|
|||
|
READchangeattrs Change the attributes of the current message.
|
|||
|
READchangemsg Change current message.
|
|||
|
READchangeorigin Change default origin for the current area.
|
|||
|
READchangetagline Change default tagline.
|
|||
|
READchangetemplate Change default template.
|
|||
|
READchangeusername Change default username.
|
|||
|
READchangexlatimport Change default import charset.
|
|||
|
READcommentmsg Comment-Reply to message. (Reply to TO name).
|
|||
|
READcopymoveforward Enter the Copy/Move/Forward function menu.
|
|||
|
READdecreasemargin Decrease message margin. For test purposes.
|
|||
|
READdeletemsg Delete current/marked message(s). Ask first.
|
|||
|
READdosshell Shell to DOS.
|
|||
|
READfidorenumber Renumber Fido/Opus *.MSG files.
|
|||
|
READfilerequest Generate a filerequest from the current msg.
|
|||
|
READfindall Find string(s) in message header and text.
|
|||
|
READfindheader Find string(s) in message header.
|
|||
|
READgotobookmark Go to the "BookMark" message.
|
|||
|
READgotofirstmsg Go to the first message in the area.
|
|||
|
READgotolastmsg Go to the last message in the area.
|
|||
|
READgotomsgno Go to a specific message number.
|
|||
|
READgotonextarea Go directly to the next area.
|
|||
|
READgotonextmsg Go to the next message.
|
|||
|
READgotonextunread Go to the next unread message.
|
|||
|
READgotoprevarea Go directly to the previous area.
|
|||
|
READgotoprevmsg Go to the previous message.
|
|||
|
READgotoprevunread Go to the previous unread message.
|
|||
|
READgotoreplies Choose from the next messages in the replylink.
|
|||
|
READgotoreply1st Go to the first reply to this message.
|
|||
|
READgotoreplynext Go to the next reply to this message.
|
|||
|
READgotoreplyprev Go to the parent message in the replylink.
|
|||
|
READincreasemargin Increase message margin. For test purposes.
|
|||
|
READlookupdest Lookup TO: node.
|
|||
|
READlookuporig Lookup FROM: node.
|
|||
|
READmakeuserlist Generate FIDOUSER.LST of users in the area.
|
|||
|
READmakepathreport Added "path report" feature. The output file
|
|||
|
can be processed by a RDDT (Route Diagram
|
|||
|
Drawing Tool) utility.
|
|||
|
READmarkingoptions Enter the marking menu.
|
|||
|
READmessagelist Enter the message lister.
|
|||
|
READmovecommentmsg Comment-Reply in another area.
|
|||
|
READmovequotemsg Quote-Reply in another area.
|
|||
|
READmsgcontinue Page down or go to next message.
|
|||
|
READmsgend Display last part of current message.
|
|||
|
READmsghome Display first part of current message.
|
|||
|
READmsglinedown Scroll message display.
|
|||
|
READmsglineup Scroll message display.
|
|||
|
READmsgpgdn Page message display.
|
|||
|
READmsgpgup Page message display.
|
|||
|
READnewarea Enter the area selection screen.
|
|||
|
READnewmsg Start a new message.
|
|||
|
READquitnow Exit GoldED immediately, no questions asked.
|
|||
|
READquotebuf Append quote of the msg to the quotebuffer.
|
|||
|
READquotemsg Quote-Reply to message. (Reply to FROM name).
|
|||
|
READreplymsg Reply to the current message, without quoting.
|
|||
|
READsearch Launches the search engine.
|
|||
|
READsoundkill Stops currently played sound file.
|
|||
|
READthreadtree Enter the Message Threading lister.
|
|||
|
READtogglebookmark Toggle a "BookMark" on the current message.
|
|||
|
READtogglehexdump Toggle hexdump mode. For debugging purposes.
|
|||
|
READtogglehiddklud Toggle display of Hidden and Kludge lines.
|
|||
|
READtogglehidden Toggle display of Hidden lines.
|
|||
|
READtogglekludge Toggle display of Kludge lines.
|
|||
|
READtogglemark Toggle a message mark on the current message.
|
|||
|
READtogglemarkread Toggle "Read Marked" mode.
|
|||
|
READtogglepagebar Toggle the "PageBar" feature.
|
|||
|
READtogglequote Toggle display of quoted lines. Experimental.
|
|||
|
READtogglerot13 Toggle ROT13 encryption for the current msg.
|
|||
|
READtogglerealmsgno Toggle between seq. or real message numbers.
|
|||
|
READtogglestyles Toggle Disable/Show/Show+Strip of STYLECODES.
|
|||
|
READtoggletwits Toggle Twit display - Show/Blank/Skip/Ignore.
|
|||
|
READtouchnetscan Touches the SEMAPHORE NETSCAN file.
|
|||
|
READtouchsemaphore Popup touch a manually entered semaphore file.
|
|||
|
READuserbase Launches the addressbook.
|
|||
|
READuudecode UUdecodes the current message.
|
|||
|
READwritemsg Write message(s) to file or printer.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Key undefine commands:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREAundefine
|
|||
|
EDITundefine
|
|||
|
FILEundefine
|
|||
|
LISTundefine
|
|||
|
NODEundefine
|
|||
|
READundefine
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The undefine commands can used to undefine any of the built-in default
|
|||
|
keyboard definitions.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the Key Reference below for a list of the key symbols you can use
|
|||
|
in keyboard redefinition.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Macros and Keystacking
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED has a simple keyboard macro facility, which you can use to
|
|||
|
automate certain common operations. In addition, a "keystacking"
|
|||
|
facility allows you to create simple automatic macros on the fly.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The macro definition syntax is modelled after the syntax used in the
|
|||
|
QEdit text editor:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
<assignment-key> Macro <commands or keys>
|
|||
|
<assignment-key> AreaMacro <commands or keys>
|
|||
|
<assignment-key> EditMacro <commands or keys>
|
|||
|
<assignment-key> FileMacro <commands or keys>
|
|||
|
<assignment-key> ListMacro <commands or keys>
|
|||
|
<assignment-key> NodeMacro <commands or keys>
|
|||
|
<assignment-key> ReadMacro <commands or keys>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Macros are defined in the GOLDKEYS.CFG file, where you can also find
|
|||
|
several examples.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By using the word "Auto" as <assignment-key>, you can even define a
|
|||
|
special macro which will be automatically executed when you start
|
|||
|
GoldED.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Keystacking is a special form of auto-macros. You simply specify a
|
|||
|
bunch of keys to be "stacked" in the (special internal) keyboard
|
|||
|
buffer for sequential execution.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You can either specify a default set of keystacking in the .CFG
|
|||
|
configuration file, or override any default keystacking by typing the
|
|||
|
keystack definitions at the GoldED commandline or the GEDCMD
|
|||
|
environment variable.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the Key Reference chapter for a list of the key symbols you can
|
|||
|
use in macros and keystacking.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Key Reference
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Below is the list of key symbols recognized by GoldED for
|
|||
|
keyboard/macro definition and keystacking.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Unshifted function keys
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Shift-function keys
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#F1 #F2 #F3 #F4 #F5 #F6 #F7 #F8 #F9 #F10 #F11 #F12
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Alt-function keys
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@F1 @F2 @F3 @F4 @F5 @F6 @F7 @F8 @F9 @F10 @F11 @F12
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Ctrl-function keys
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
^F1 ^F2 ^F3 ^F4 ^F5 ^F6 ^F7 ^F8 ^F9 ^F10 ^F11 ^F12
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Alt-Numbers
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@0 @1 @2 @3 @4 @5 @6 @7 @8 @9
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Alt-Letters
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
@A @B @C @D @E @F @G @H @I @J @K @L @M
|
|||
|
@N @O @P @Q @R @S @T @U @V @W @X @Y @Z
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Ctrl-Letters
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
^A ^B ^C ^D ^E ^F ^G ^H ^I ^J ^K ^L ^M
|
|||
|
^N ^O ^P ^Q ^R ^S ^T ^U ^V ^W ^X ^Y ^Z
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Insert/Delete
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Ins ^Ins @Ins
|
|||
|
Del ^Del @Del
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Home/End
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Home ^Home @Home
|
|||
|
End ^End @End
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Page up/down
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PgUp ^PgUp @PgUp
|
|||
|
PgDn ^PgDn @PgDn
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Cursor left/right
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Left ^Left @Left
|
|||
|
Right ^Right @Right
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Cursor up/down
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Up ^Up @Up
|
|||
|
Down ^Down @Down
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Misc other keys
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Esc ^Grey* Key5 Space Tab #Tab @Tab BackSpace ^BackSpace
|
|||
|
@BackSpace Enter ^Enter @Enter
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Note that some of the Alt-keys, especially the cursor-related keys and
|
|||
|
the F11/F12 keys, are "extended" keys normally only available on
|
|||
|
systems with an extended keyboard bios. However, GoldED uses a few
|
|||
|
tricks to make some the extended keys available on non-extended
|
|||
|
systems.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Language Definition
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED allows you to almost completely redefine the language dependent
|
|||
|
text in the program.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The language dependent text in GoldED is defined in the plain ASCII
|
|||
|
text GOLDLANG.CFG file.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See the example language file for the actual method and format of
|
|||
|
language redefinition.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
If you are planning to translate the text in GoldED, you should also
|
|||
|
look into the definition of the help screens.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
You do not need permission from the author before announcing or
|
|||
|
distributing your own modified language files.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Date/Time Substitution Codes
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
A few of the language texts can contain special date/time substitution
|
|||
|
codes. The keywords for those are: MS_DateTimeFmt, MS_DateFmt,
|
|||
|
MS_TimeFmt and ST_StatuslineTimeFmt.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Here are the valid substitution codes:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
%a Abbreviated weekday name (Mon, Tue, Wed, ...).
|
|||
|
%A Full weekday name (Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, ...).
|
|||
|
%b Abbreviated month name (Jan, Feb, Mar, ...).
|
|||
|
%B Full month name (January, February, March, ...).
|
|||
|
%d Day of month (01-31).
|
|||
|
%e Day of month, with leading space for single digits (1-31).
|
|||
|
%E Day of month (1-31).
|
|||
|
%H Hour (00-23) (24-hour clock).
|
|||
|
%I Hour (01-12) (12-hour clock).
|
|||
|
%j Day of the year (001-366).
|
|||
|
%m Month (01-12).
|
|||
|
%M Minute (00-59).
|
|||
|
%p AM or PM according to 12-hour clock.
|
|||
|
%S Second (00-59).
|
|||
|
%U Week number (00-52) where sunday is first day of the week.
|
|||
|
%w Weekday (0-6) where 0 is sunday.
|
|||
|
%W Week number (01-53) where monday is first day of the week.
|
|||
|
%y Year without century (00-99).
|
|||
|
%Y Year with century.
|
|||
|
%% Character '%'.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The %a, %A, %b and %B codes substitute to the current language setup
|
|||
|
loaded using the LOADLANGUAGE keyword.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
*** NOTE ***
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
In the continuing development of GoldED, it is impossible to
|
|||
|
completely maintain backward compatibility of the language format or
|
|||
|
the text defined there. New features may add and/or obsolete some
|
|||
|
definitions, or may change the format of others.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
The existing language file may contain definitions which are already
|
|||
|
obsolete, but which I haven't had time to search for and remove, as
|
|||
|
well as there may be some texts in GoldED which are not yet definable.
|
|||
|
All this will of course be corrected in future versions. If you find
|
|||
|
inconsistencies, please report them, because I may have overlooked
|
|||
|
them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#page
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#chapter Message Kludge Lines
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Kludge lines are special control lines, that begin with a ^a (ASCII 1)
|
|||
|
as the first character of the line, followed by a unique identifying
|
|||
|
name and the relevant control information.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GoldED is aware of a lot of these kludges, and supports a number of
|
|||
|
them, if you want to have them inserted in your messages.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Some kludges are useless junk and more or less commercials for this
|
|||
|
and that software, but a few are useful for miscellaneous purposes. In
|
|||
|
the following, I will list (some of) the known and supported kludges,
|
|||
|
and a short description of what they are used for.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ACUPDATE:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This kludge is a feature of Squish 1.10: Message Broadcast
|
|||
|
Modify/Delete. Read the docs for Squish 1.10 for details.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
AREA:<echoname>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This is not really a kludge, and it doesn't begin with a ^a, but I
|
|||
|
included it on the kludge list because it sometimes turned up in
|
|||
|
echomail areas where it should have been stripped off by the mail
|
|||
|
tosser.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CC: <name> <address>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
When GoldED produces carbon copies, it adds to each message a full
|
|||
|
list of the persons who get a copy. One version of this list is
|
|||
|
hidden behind the CC: kludge.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CHARSET:<charset identifier>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Proposed in FSC-0050 and FSC-0054, this kludge is an attempt to
|
|||
|
find a solution to the problem of the high-bit characters (like
|
|||
|
the IBM PC vs Amiga vs Mac etc. national chars) in messages.
|
|||
|
GoldED can recognize, use and generate this kludge.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CHRC:<font change id>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Proposed in FSC-0054, this is a kludge for changing fonts,
|
|||
|
underlining and other stuff.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
CHRS:<charset identifier>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Alternative FSC-0054 version of the CHARSET kludge.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DESTADDR:<destaddress>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This one is not proposed anywhere, but it looks like it gives the
|
|||
|
address of the intended recipient. GoldED takes the address for
|
|||
|
the dest field.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
DOMAIN <destdomain> <destaddress> <origdomain> <origaddress>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Proposed in FSC-0038, this tries to solve the problem of mail
|
|||
|
crossing domain boundaries. GoldED takes both addresses.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EID:<crc16> <stamp> [replycrc16] <replystamp>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Proposed in FSC-0031, this is used for dupe checking and reply
|
|||
|
linking. The EID is today generally considered as garbage, but a
|
|||
|
lot of older mail processors such as QMail still generate it.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ENC:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Signifies that the message contains encrypted data. GoldED will
|
|||
|
add this kludge if it detects that the message has been encrypted
|
|||
|
with PGP.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
EOT:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
End Of Text. See SOT.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FLAGS <special attributes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Proposed in FSC-0053, this is a special netmail kludge used by the
|
|||
|
FrontDoor and D'Bridge mailers and the IMail mail processor. It
|
|||
|
provides extra attributes not found among the standard attributes
|
|||
|
in the normal message/packet headers. GoldED uses and generates
|
|||
|
this kludge, if you set the attributes.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FMPT <from point>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defined in FTS-0001, this tells the Point number of the
|
|||
|
originator. Netmail only. GoldED can generate this line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FWDAREA <original area>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0092: The original area in forwards. See USEFWD and FSC-0092
|
|||
|
for a more detailed description.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FWDDEST <aka>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0092: The original To-aka in forwards. See USEFWD and FSC-0092
|
|||
|
for a more detailed description.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FWDFROM <name>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0092: The original From-Name in forwards. See USEFWD and
|
|||
|
FSC-0092 for a more detailed description.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FWDMSGID <aka serial#>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0092: The original MSGID in forwards. See USEFWD and FSC-0092
|
|||
|
for a more detailed description.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FWDORIG <aka>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0092: The original from-aka in forwards. See USEFWD and FSC-0092
|
|||
|
for a more detailed description.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FWDSUBJ <original subject>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0092: The original subject in forwards. See USEFWD and FSC-0092
|
|||
|
for a more detailed description.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FWDTO <name>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
FSC-0092: The original TO-field in forwards. See USEFWD and FSC-0092
|
|||
|
for a more detailed description.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GATECHK:<???>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Some sort of gating kludge? Don't know what it's for.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GIF:<filename>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Invented by Henk Wever and used in his Dutchie software. The
|
|||
|
filename (which does not have an extension) indicates a .GIF
|
|||
|
picture of the author of the message. If you have the GIF file on
|
|||
|
your system, you can setup an external utility to view the gif at
|
|||
|
the press of a key.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
GROUP:<echoname>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
I think this one comes from stray Groupmail messages. Similar to
|
|||
|
the AREA: kludge.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
I51 (no parameters)
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Proposed in FSC-0051, this indicates that the message text
|
|||
|
conforms to the ISO 8859-1 (LATIN-1) character set, and may
|
|||
|
contain certain escape codes. The ISO 8859-1 set is used in Amiga
|
|||
|
and Windows 3.xx. GoldED can recognize, use and generate this
|
|||
|
kludge.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
INTL <destaddress> <origaddress>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defined in FTS-0001, this one solves the problem of crossing Zone
|
|||
|
boundaries. Netmail only. GoldED can generate this line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGID: <origaddress> <serialno>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defined in FTS-0009, this is a method for unique identification of
|
|||
|
a message. It can be used for dupe checking and replylinking.
|
|||
|
GoldED can generate this line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
MSGTO: <destaddress>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This one is not proposed anywhere, but it looks like it gives the
|
|||
|
address of the intended recipient. GoldED takes the address for
|
|||
|
the dest field.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Original: <Carbon copy, original name>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Generated by the FrontDoor FM editor when it produces carbon
|
|||
|
copies.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PATH: <list of nodes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defined in FTS-0004, this is a valuable tool for finding dupe
|
|||
|
links and other structural faults in the net structures.
|
|||
|
Unfortunately the list of nodes is 2D (net/node), and this creates
|
|||
|
problems when exporting echomail across zones.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PTH: <list of nodes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Not yet a FSC (or is it?), this is a 5D-version of the PATH
|
|||
|
kludge, which sticks to the top of the msg.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
PID: <identifier> <version> [serialno]
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Proposed in FSC-0046, this takes a stab at the tearline abuse, and
|
|||
|
puts "safe" information about the first mail processing software
|
|||
|
in the line. This could be message editors, mail scanners and
|
|||
|
other stuff.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Realname: <Name>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
This kludge was probably born in Russia because of some software
|
|||
|
was not able to properly handle high ASCII in headers. Name should
|
|||
|
be written in national codepage. Otherwise it lose any sence.
|
|||
|
I don't know any software that generate this kludge.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RFD: <id>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Received For Distribution. A kludge inserted by one of the file
|
|||
|
announcement programs.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
REPLY: <replyaddress> <replyserialno>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defined in FTS-0009, this is the MSGID: counterpart. When replying
|
|||
|
to a message with a MSGID:, the MSGID: of the original is renamed
|
|||
|
to REPLY:.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
RID:<stuff>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Unknown kludge which looks suspiciously like the EID.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
ROUTE <list of nodes and points>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies route path. Currently supported by Unimail and S\Tosser.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SEEN-BY: <list of nodes>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defined in FTS-0004, this is a tool for finding dupe links and
|
|||
|
other structural faults in the net structures. Depending on the
|
|||
|
mail tosser, the seen-by's may or may not have a preceding ^a
|
|||
|
character. Unfortunately the list of nodes is 2D (net/node), and
|
|||
|
this can create problems when exporting echomail across zones.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SN:<serialno>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Serial number inserted by the Dutchie message editor.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SOT:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Start Of Text. See EOT.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
SPLIT:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defined in FSC-47. A method for splitting large msgs so that some
|
|||
|
mail processors don't choke on them.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TCL1:, TCL2: <long hex string>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Old obsolete swedish dupecheck/replylink kludge.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TID:
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Tosser ID. Similar to the PID, but specifically for mail
|
|||
|
processors.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TOPT <to point>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Defined in FTS-0001, this tells the Point number of the
|
|||
|
destination. Netmail only. GoldED can generate this line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TZ <offset from UTC>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Specifies the time to *add* to the header time to get the UTC
|
|||
|
(Universal Time Coordinated) time. Generated by newer versions of
|
|||
|
the TrackMail netmail processor.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
TZUTC
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
See TZ. GoldED can generate this line.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Via: <netmail tossing info>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Routed netmail messages usually gets a Via line for each node it
|
|||
|
passes through. This can be used for tracing faults in the netmail
|
|||
|
routing structure.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
XID:<stuff>
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Unknown kludge which looks suspiciously like the EID.
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|||
|
#end
|
|||
|
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
|